Home

Infinity powerOne Graph 4.2 (804526026649)

1. distr nDist NormalCDF fCDF invNorm NormalPDF fPDF BinomCDF GeometCDF chiCDF BinomPDF GeometPDF chiPDF PoissonCDF tCDF PoissonPDF tPDF These functions are only available if the statistics library is installed cmplx real theta conj toRect imag toPolar calc x fnint Si fMax nDeriv fMin nDeriv2 matrix mtrx rref rNorm min row dim tbl trans cNorm max fill getltem x identity cond rowSwap augment getRow det cumSum Cross row append getCol ref norm dot row redim cnst New Constant c Me Edit ec Mn e g Mp i G NA pi k R 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 8 vars New Variable New Table New Matrix Edit macro New Macro Edit These lists change when new constants variables and macros are created inserting new items in alphabetical order at the top of the list See the Memory amp Storage My Data section for more information on creating new constants variables and macros bool I lt gt gt THE Ix if gt amp amp choose dev TX _b b A amp 0 o B _d d C h h D E gt gt F date adjDate getDate adjTime getTime makeDate HRS weekDay HMS dDays tod
2. Function Parametric Polar Sequence ESLEI nd o E E EA S EEE E E E A A EE EE EE O O O EE 178 Histogram Me 180 Lacr aM C 183 BOX Plot 184 Modified Box Plot m 186 Normal Probability Plot 187 Graph Names geep 189 T Sharing Graphs Eee 191 Part VI Templates Diees Met Template LISK My Templates HD A OND Using the Templates Quick Start Example ital de lad A RET E Types of Variable Data Template Preferences pe H Variable Preference mee Sharing Templates amp Data eiii iei dere i ietee dicdecsbesccenblecedoczcersccsteistescoscuvetetoe eaeeteess 5 Included Templates One 1 1 Proportion Z Confidence Interval VeVaniabl Statistics mE Aiiwedias MS
3. e select the button on the same line as NetPay e the net pay is 3 060 Calculate NetPay Net Income is 10 000 000 12 Enter 10 000 000 for net income e select 2 000 000 next to NetPay e enter 10000000 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 13 Calculate the monthly payment e select the button on the same line as NetPay e the net pay is 3 120 For more on formatting variables see the Templates Using the Templates Variable Preferences section This template and others are available for free download from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph 6 6 4 5 Solving Statements Solving statements are used in connection with if statements to offer multi equation calculation capabilities The Example This example calculates both the final price of a product with sales tax and the sale tax itself The equation for calculating the final price is FinalPrice Cost 1 TaxRate or 0 Cost 1 TaxRate FinalPrice The equation for calculating the tax amount is TaxAmt Cost TaxRate or 0 Cost TaxRate TaxAmt where e Cost is the cost of the good or service e TaxRate is the tax rate expressed as a percentage 4 instead of 04 e FinalPrice is the final price of the good or service with sales taxes e TaxAmt is the amount of the sales tax On a 29 99 purchase in a state with 7 2596 sales tax what is the final price of the pr
4. 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 271 powerOne Graph Functions Chain Order of Operations RPN Future Value Ge G gcd GeometCDF GeometPDF Geometric Cumulative Distribution Geometric Probability Distribution Get Column Get Date in Decimal Format Get Hours in Decimal Format Get Hours in HH MMSS Format Get Item Get Row Get Time in Decimal Format getCol getdate getltem getRow gettime Global Graffiti Graffiti Help Graph Accessing Axis Bar Graph Box Plot Display Edit Function Grid Histogram Modified Box Plot New Normal Probability Plot Parametric Polar Range Scatter Plot Sequence 19 16 10 86 24 92 87 87 87 87 87 88 88 89 89 90 90 87 88 89 90 90 197 14 17 2 156 156 167 168 164 183 164 184 168 157 158 171 167 168 164 180 164 186 157 164 187 160 173 161 174 167 168 164 178 162 176 Window Settings X Max X Min X Scale Y Max Y Min Y Scale Zoom Zoom Scale Graph Button Graph Names Graph Analysis Gravity Acceleration Gravity Constant Greater Than Greater Than or Equal To Greatest Common Denominator H Hexadecimal Display As Histogram Bins Bin Min Bin Size Example History History List hms Home Loan Home Mortgage hrs Hyperbolic Arc Cosine Hyperbolic Arc Sine Hyperbolic Arc Tangent Hyperbolic Cosine Hyperbolic Sine Hyperbolic Tangent l i i Square Root of 1 Identity If
5. plots are drawn from top to bottom as displayed in My Graphs e Normal Probability draws x y data points given one variable data When drawn the first data point is taken from the data list and the second point is found from the first standard normal distribution or z quantile Choose Data Axis X to draw the x y points as data list point z Choose Data Axis Y to draw the x y points as z data list point Data is considered normal when it is plotted close to a straight line X used with all data graphs but normal probability plots Select to choose a list for the x data Select an existing table and column or create a new one by selecting that option from the table list To see the currently selected table choose the Edit button Data List used with normal probability plots Select to choose a data list Select an existing table and column or create a new one by selecting that option from the table list To see the currently selected table choose the Edit button Y used with scatter plots Select to choose a list for Y data Select an existing table and column or create a new one by selecting that option from the table list To see the currently selected table choose the Edit button There must be the same total number of Y data points as X data points Freq used with one and two variable data plots excluding normal probability Select to choose a frequency list Frequency always defaults to 1 of Each meanin
6. 1 6 2 6 frac returns 1 2 If the base fraction mode is set to fraction 3 5 returns 3 5 1 5 2 5 returns 3 5 0 8 returns 4 5 2 5 returns 5 2 If the base fraction mode is set to mixed fraction 3 5 returns 3 5 7 2 returns 3 1 2 2 9 2 5 9 returns 2 7 9 0 8 returns 4 5 2 5 returns 2 1 2 See the Functions section for additional information on each function 3 9 Matrices See Types of Data Matrices amp Vectors for a detailed definition The following functions are commonly used with matrices category in bold matrix mtrx trans cond row append getCol tbl identity cross row redim sortA x cumSum dot row dim sortD det norm min fill getltem subList ref rNorm max augment getRow toTable rref cNorm rowSwap See the Functions section for additional information on each function 3 10 Probability The following functions are commonly used with probability mathematics category in bold prob nPr randT nCr randTInt x RandNorm rand RandBin randint 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Subject Areas See the Functions section for additional information on each function 3 11 Statistics The following functions are commonly used with statistics category in bold stats tbl median variance countX min varianceP sumX max sigma sumX2 stdDev
7. 236 Mean Po 205 Hypothesis not equal Mean x 211 75 Sx 193 7647690224 t 0 09853 124068 p value 0 924272633571 2 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 237 powerOneG Graph Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Choose from the list Mean Po 205 Data 10 32 128 213 75 250 446 540 Frequency 1 Of Each Hypothesis not equal Select in the Mean x row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Calculated Mean x 211 75 Sx 193 7648 n 8 t 0 0985 p value 0 9243 The graph would appear as follows Done A 6 5 6 3 Temperature This template is for Temperature conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 238 Temperature Type 1 Fahrenheit Amount 31 85 Type 2 Celsius Amount 2 29 44444444444 Variables e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount 2 the amount of the second type Example If the temperature is 85 degrees Fahrenhei
8. oie rente it eiecit eee Eaa dete uhoeaeshcadiesedsesfucuansentucvshessieze 127 atl M 128 taps 129 thrill mete 129 R ndom Tea We w R S SSRS S n v m 130 Random Table of INteGers 130 Reciprocal 131 Rectangular to Polar Conversion icsscccc2 cccccscccccececsccstegstostereceeeeeccesaceecsenescuesuceatecdecoesues tostuesueeatbockeaevecseuestevdupecueces 131 Rectangular ConVert EQ eerte eto deck viccuateh aa tes Aara aa eE Eai eaa kanae EAN En Saraha an 132 tene M 132 Reduced How Echelon FOrtm eicere cesar uice osea erac sc ccu nose suene a han reca nier Las c DR sacnuays dei eteunes MESE RR Re ce IRR RON ERR iS 133 op Nec 134 on 134 BOE OOEALUd Edesa 135 Epi mee M 136 ROW Multiplication P 136 AMI MEM e GG 136 Row E chelon e DM REESE eautiaevenseucscuessutueds aaa
9. powerOneG Graph Version 4 2 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks www infinitysw com 2 4 2005 I powerOne Graph Table of Contents Part Using the Calculator 1 1 Interface OVERVIEW oiana ten sacked nn cox auno cr AA nc cx vena du cx ran ac Vo vana CN nac c vr wa dc Y vo SC E 1 Display Ne 1 SKINS NN M 2 l NN Pop up Calculator PAIR Algebraic Input 3 Display r enre C ETT 4 implicit MultipliGatlOri iia phar kr retur ter ena ere aer ariaa Fete kir bh Ee S eR reper EET RR CIA ERR ER L4 ERRARE ER nas 5 Preferences graze ccueecccectos E E A A uae LA R E Rite eri LEE E ian Ter ILES 5 Functions RPN Input Mode Display Stack Preferences iiie cu Ae EAAS aste niet ui cce a PE ecc iv ri sa Een Ip IRE ec a ORARE PARERE 10 SUING UNIS ee SHEER 10 Order of Operations Input Mode isisisi eanan etie ena raresa raaa ana Aaaa acus eS za ED a CK enara AREAK ANT pera RD cR ADR RdeS 14 Br AM EE mr R Preferences seti ciet eer Ea OR ER aa Fed Re EEBIEE RAE RREE EEA EVER ER ERS EE XE KR XXV ER MA ERR RARI TIRRRRRRRA GE KEEN RAYRRERREEEYR Functions Chain Input Mode BIETET Preferences i rir iier i RR EL EE ERE EE ERE E EASIER ans IG ER DARK EFRE VERE
10. 264 5 Le aland DisclaiMET S Um 264 Part VIII Index 266 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Vill 1 powerOne Graph 1 Using the Calculator 1 1 Interface Overview This section discusses the interface for powerOne Graph 1 1 1 Display A powerOne Button select this button for a list of options e Copy copy contents of view window to the system clipboard A See Memory amp Storage System Clipboard for more information Paste paste the system clipboard to the view window See c Memory amp Storage System Clipboard for more information Calculation Log log of calculations similar to a tape The Palm OS version records the last 20 calculations or 10 equation answer combinations for algebraic input mode See Memory amp Storage Calculation Log for more information Preferences calculator preferences See Using the Calculator Preferences for more information Skins change the user interface of the calculator colors and f layout See Using the Calculator Skins for more information My Data location to see all calculator data including constants macros and variables Can also create new data whether constants macros variables tables or matrices My Graphs location to see all graph equations create new equations set window coordinates and graph e My Templates location to see all templates whether created or pre installed e About powerOne information about the product
11. B Navigation Buttons from left to right e Data Button displays My Data See the Memory amp Storage My Data section for more information e Graph Button displays My Graphs See the Graphing My Graphs section for more information e Template Button displays list of available templates similar to My Templates See the Templates Template List section for more information e Last Template Button select to go to the previously used template only visible when a template has been visited C View Window displays calculation and status information See the Using the Calculator Input Modes section for more information D Function Bar consists of 8 lines each with 5 buttons Selecting one performs the associated function Scroll up and down to see other functions Buttons can access a function can display a list of functions or can be associated with a template These buttons are programmable and can be set in the Preferences screen See the Using the Calculator Preferences section for more information on setting the function bar There are also programmable buttons available in some skins not pictured These are not available in the default powerOne Graph skin Programmable buttons are similar to the function bar but have a set number of locations and can change in shape size and direction These are also discussed in the Using the Calculator Preferences section E Function Button select this button to display a list of functi
12. Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode rand 5 returns list of 5 random numbers in the range 0 lt random number lt 1 e RPN Input Mode 1 rand returns single random number in the range 0 lt random number lt 1 6 rand returns list of 6 random numbers in the range 0 lt random number lt 1 4 8 6 Random Table randT rows columns Returns a table with each cell containing a random floating point number generated from a uniform distribution within the bounds 0 lt random number lt 1 e row number of rows in the table Must be an integer gt 0 e column number of columns in the table Must be an integer gt 0 Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode randT 2 2 returns a 2x2 table filled with random floating point numbers in the range 0 lt random number lt 1 e RPN Input Mode 2 ENT 2 randT returns a 2x2 table filled with random floating point numbers in the range 0 lt random number lt 1 4 8 7 Random Table of Integers randTint rows columns lower upper Returns a table with each cell containing a random integer number generate from a discrete uniform distribution with the bounds lower lt random number lt upper e row number of rows in the table Must be an integer gt 0 e column number of columns in the table Must be an integer gt 0 e lower lower limit for the random integer Must be an integer e upper upp
13. Integer Part Integer Convert To Lucrip MMC E Interest Rate inueni ceca EL oes Internal Rate Of Return iioii etc oot otc tecto ote e odo Pee ianao e ESSE EE E esc P e De SES PIE ESSE oER esse REIR ICERDRRRSPOIIS 98 Inverse uen 98 Inverse Cumulative Normal Distribution uieeeeseeeseeesseseseesse seen nenne nnn nnn nnnnnnnnn natns snnm sas nass nunnana snas anna 99 Ta ne ee Lll e hi DE LL IE 99 rgeIeailcme 99 I II rp 100 Less NRW H 100 arua c 101 Make Date from Decimal Format rit oeiiioce ee LII terc cu sues paapaa na asata coccensauetiascdeuaenecectadtncsasecteueniaeze 101 Matrix to Table Conversion run a Rn Lud italic Mean Median Memory Minimum iniuliumiluiMeem R X M Mixed Fraction Display As Modified Internal Hate of Ret rn sock cone ccc saeta iaa sececseedtth eadecasdencezecuteestecuerendeihescddeesezeteaauteaedectekentiece 107 DPI xc M 107 LATUS p S 108 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks powerOne Graph
14. 17 28 82 46 ENT 1 2 3 4 returns 16 26 29 42 4 9 25 Sum of the Year s Digits Depreciation DepSOYDBV C S L M Y Book Value DepSOYDDA C S L M Y Depreciation Amount DepSOYDDV C S L M Y Depreciation Value Book value returns the book value depreciable value salvage value for the asset at the end of the given year Depreciation amount returns the amount that the asset depreciated during the given year Depreciation value returns the remaining total depreciable value for the asset at the end of the given year All three are calculated using the sum of the year s digits method of depreciation This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed C cost of the depreciable asset S salvage value of the depreciable asset L life in years of the depreciable asset M first month to begin depreciating 1 is January 12 is December Y year to calculate Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode DepSOYDBV 150000 20000 20 6 3 returns 119 357 14 DepSOYDDA 150000 20000 20 6 3 returns 11 400 79 DepSOYDDV 150000 20000 20 6 3 returns 99 357 14 e RPN Input Mode 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 DepSOYDBV returns 119 357 14 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 DepSOYDDA returns 11 400 79 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 DepSOYDDYV returns 99 357 14 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 151 powerOne Graph
15. Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Choose from the list Std Dev p 181 2 Data 10 32 128 213 75 250 446 540 Frequency 1 Of Each Conf Level 90 Select in the Mean x row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Calculated Mean x 211 75 Sx 193 7648 n 8 Lower Limit 106 3743 Upper Limit 317 1257 6 5 7 4 Z Test One Sample This template is for one sample z tests about a population mean It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template tests a hypothesis about the value of an unknown population mean Mean p based on a random sample 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 249 powerOneG Graph from a population with known standard deviation The null hypothesis is that Mean p Mean Po for a specified value of Mean Po The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data Variables e Input whether data or st
16. for a matrix Use brackets to create a vector or matrix When creating a matrix inside braces group rows Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions Examples 1 2 3 returns vector 1 2 3 1 2 3 returns vector 1 2 3 15 2 8 4 returns matrix 1 2 3 4 4 3 C This section covers functions beginning with the letter C 4 3 1 Ceiling ceil value Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode ceil 4 5 returns 5 ceil 4 5 returns 4 ceil 15 2 22 8 25 89 9 returns 15 22 9 89 ceil 5 1 4142 returns 5 2 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 4 5 ceil returns 5 4 5 ceil returns 4 e RPN Input Mode 4 5 ceil returns 5 4 5 ENT ceil returns 4 15 2 22 8 25 89 9 ceil returns 15 22 9 89 5 1 4142 ceil returns 5 2 64 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 65 powerOne Graph 4 3 2 Chi Squared Cumulative Distribution chiCDF lower upper df Returns the cumulative chi squared distribution probability between lower and upper for the supplied degrees of freedom This function is only available if p1 St
17. 8 4 cond returns 21 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 cond returns 1 4 3 11 Conjugate conj value Returns complex conjugate of a complex number or table of complex numbers Data Types complex table Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode conj 5 1 4142 returns 5 1 4142 conj 1 1 0 2 1 4142 3 1 7321 4 2 0 returns 1 1 0 2 1 4142 8 1 7321 4 2 0 e RPN Input Mode 5 1 4142 conj returns 5 1 4142 1 1 0 2 1 4142 3 1 7321 4 2 0 conj returns 1 1 0 2 1 4142 8 1 7321 4 2 0 4 3 12 Cosecant csc value Returns cosecant of value Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode csc 0 5236 returns 2 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians csc 30 returns 2 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 0 5236 csc returns 2 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 30 csc returns 2 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 4 3 13 Cosine cos value Returns cosine of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category trig 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 69 powerOne Graph Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Exam
18. 804 62 It is negative because it is a cash outflow Part 2 Periods when making bi weekly payments continued Variable Enter Comments Payment 402 31 Recall payment in the input screen and divide it by 2 Periods Yr 26 Bi weekly payments mean 26 per year Cmpnds Yr 12 Still compounding interest monthly Select in the Periods row to calculate Calculating shows periods equal to 567 40 periods 567 40 26 21 82 years APR of a Loan with Fees The Annual Percentage Rate APR is the interest rate when fees are included with the mortgage amount Because the fees increase the cost of the loan the effective interest rate on the borrowed amount is higher For example a borrower is charged two points for the issuance of a mortgage one point is equal to 196 of the mortgage amount If the mortgage amount is 60 000 for 30 years with an interest rate of 11 596 what is the APR Part 1 Calculate the actual monthly payment Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Pmt Timing End Choose from the list Present Val 60 000 Future Val 0 Intrst Yr 11 5 Periods 360 30 years at 12 periods per year Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 Select in the Payment row to calculate Calculating shows payment equal to 594 17 It is negative because it is a cash outflow 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 245 powerOneG G
19. This template is for 2 sample z test tests of the equality of population means It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template tests the equality of two population means mean1 and mean2 based on independent random samples from two populations whose standard deviations are known The null hypothesis is Ho meant mean2 0 or equivalently Ho mean1 mean2 The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 216 Variables Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate values Std Dev p1 population standard deviation for the first data set Must be a positive integer or floating point number Std Dev p2 population standard deviation for the second data set Must be a positive integer or floating point number Data 1 first data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Freq 1 frequency list for the first data set Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Data 2
20. Using the Templates section Description nm Test This template tests whether an association exists between the row and column categories in a two way classification table Often called a contingency table test a test of independence or a test of homogeneity Expected Table 3R x 4C The null hypothesis is that the row classification is not contingent on the Chi 25 68 column classification and vice versa A matrix of expected values is generated assuming the null hypothesis is true p value 2 5536563635E 4 df 6 Variables e Observed matrix table of observed values e Expected matrix of expected values with the same dimensions as Observed Chi chi square test statistic p value probability value or observed significance level of the test df degrees of freedom Graphing To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of a chi distribution Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Observed 20 30 25 25 12 18 15 5 18 2 10 20 Select in the Expected row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 223 powerOneG Graph Variable Calculated Expected 25 25 25 25 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 12 5 Chi 25 68
21. returns 0 8926 4 5 2 Geometric Probability Distribution GeometPDF p x Returns the probability that the first success occurs on the x trial when the probability of success on each trial is p This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e p probability of success Must be an integer or floating point number gt 0 and lt 1 e X first number Must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode GeometPDF 0 2 10 returns 0 0268 e RPN Input Mode 0 2 ENT 10 GeometPDF returns 0 0268 4 5 3 Get Column getCol struct col Returns a list or vector containing the elements of col in strurct e Struct the table or matrix to get the column from e col the column number to get Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic Examples getCol 1 2 8 4 1 returns 1 3 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions getCol struct col1 col2 Returns a table or matrix containing the columns col1 through col2 from struct e struct the table or matrix to get the rows from e col the number of the first column to get e col2 the number of the last column to get Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode getCol 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 returns 2 3 5 6 8 9 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ENT
22. returns 5 e RPN Input Mode 5 iPart returns 5 5 25 iPart returns 5 5 1 4142 iPart returns 5 1 1 56 2 89 3 45 4 73 iPart returns 1 2 3 4 4 6 4 Integer Convert To tolnt value Returns an integer by converting value to an integer between 4e9 and 4e9 Data Types boolean integer floating point table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tolnt 5 1 returns 5 e RPN Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 97 powerOne Graph 5 1 ENT tolnt returns 5 4 6 5 Integral fnint expression variable lower upper Uses numerical integration Gauss Kronrod to return the integral of expression with respect to variable between lower and upper limits expression the expression to analyze Must be in quotations variable the variable within the expression Must be in quotations lower lower limit of the range to analyze upper upper limit of the range to analyze Category calc Input Modes algebraic Examples fnint x 2 x 3 3 returns 18 4 6 6 Interest Rate tvmi N PV PMT FV Returns the yearly interest rate of a time value of money TVM problem This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e PV present value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e FV future value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers me
23. the t value D and r x and y values default to the point designated by the cross hair s location 12 To evaluate select 0 next to t D enter 5 5 in the pop up calculator and select the checkmark to save e when underlined values can be changed like t When not underlined the value can be selected but it cannot be changed like r x and y e the cross hairs A move to the new evaluated position e r x and y are the analyzed values x y matches the same point as the cross hairs Alter the Graph 13 Select Done at the bottom of the Graph display My Graphs should be visible 14 Select the desired equation 15 Select Edit from the list Edit Graph should be visible 16 Select the Prefs tab 17 Change T Max to 20 e select the value next to T Max The pop up calculator should be visible e enter 20 in the pop up calculator e select the checkmark button to save 18 Select OK at the bottom of the screen to save the graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation Again 19 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only r t 2 t is checked 20 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the curve drawn on 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 176 the screen Notice that the graph is larger than the first time it was plotted Briefs A Display a Table of Data displays data points
24. 0 ETELE Dec Setting v Float through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large numbers fewer decimal places may be displayed because of the Disp Mode v Normal total number of places available to show Trig Mode Radians e Disp Mode display numbers in normal scientific or engineering Type v Time notation when using the analysis functions Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper or if the number is too large or too small to display all places in scientific notation Scientific mode displays numbers in 3 45e67 format The number of Plot Start 1 places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal T efesessnserevenensenssenersveseseasooes setting Engineering mode uses the decimal setting to determine a number of displayed significant digits and then adjusts the exponent to be a multiple of 3 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the Default decimal setting e Trig Mode calculate trigonometric functions as either degrees or radians e Type type of plot each defined as follows 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 164 type x axis y axis Time n u n v n w n Web u n 1 v n 1 w n 1 u n v n w n uv u n v n vw v n w n uw u n w n e N Min minimum value of n to evaluate e N Max maximum value of n to evaluate e Plot Start first term to be plotted e Plot Step controls how man
25. 1 of Each 4ps B median C third quartile D and the maximum data point E The calculation for finding the first and third H Med 27 5 quartiles uses Tukey s method which includes the median This may differ from other calculators the current data graph F is displayed This is the data graph being analyzed If there is more than one data set drawn at the same time choose the data graph and select another graph to analyze Done Go tracevi Zoom 24 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows G 5 6 9 Modified Box Plot The Example This is an example to show basic features of modified box plot graphs This example uses the same table as the box plot example Please see that example to learn how to create a table What is covered e Create a box plot e Zoom using best fit e Trace data points Create a New Graph 1 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 2 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 3 Select Data from the pop up list 4 Select the Type label and choose Modified Box Plot from the list 5 Select None Selected next to X Select Table Column will display 6 Choose the table and column for the X data e select None Selected and choose table chi from the list e column 1 should be selected automatically
26. 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 66 choose 15 3 2 3 5 4 5 six 7 returns six y2 8 5 4 5 six 7 returns 2 where A is a variable equal to 1 choose A 2 choose 3 2 3 930 false returns false choose 2 2 3 9 30 false returns 3 30 if the Trig Mode preference is Degrees or equivalent rectangular coordinates 4 3 5 Clear CE C CE C performs two different clear functions If a number is currently being entered selecting CE C clears the current entry If a mathematics symbol equals or enter has been selected clear clears the current calculation and in the case of algebraic input mode the history list although it does not clear the calculation log Category not applicable Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Clear See Memory for additional information 4 3 6 Colon Equals macro name gt value Assigns a value to a macro See the Using the Calculator Memory amp Storage My Data section for more information 4 3 7 Column Norm cNorm matrix Returns the largest value of the sums of each column of the matrix or table Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode cNorm 1 2 3 4 returns 6 cNorm 1 2 3 returns 6 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 cNorm returns 6 1 2 3 cNorm returns 6 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 67 powerOne
27. 28 det returns 102 4 4 12 Difference Between Dates ddays date1 date2 date1 date2 must be a date type or a value in dd mmyyyy format Returns a value representing the number of days between two dates Data Types floating point date table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode ddays 01 082003 20 071969 returns 12 430 in days e RPN Input Mode 01 082003 ENT 20 071969 ddays returns 12 430 in days 4 4 13 Dimension dim structure Returns a list of integers containing the dimension of structure If structure is a list or vector an integer is returned number of rows If structure is a table or matrix a list of integers is returned in number of columns number of rows format Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode dim 1 2 3 4 5 6 returns 2 3 dim 6 7 8 9 returns 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 dim returns 2 3 6 7 8 9 dim returns 4 4 4 14 Division valueA valueB Returns valueA divided by valueB Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category not applicable Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 88 44 returns 2 18 6 4 5 ret
28. 3 4 returns 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 e RPN Input Mode 15 5 toRect returns 15 5 0 0 1 2 8 4 toRect returns 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 4 8 11 Redimension redim value length Returns a list or vector depending on the data type of value containing data from value length contains the size of the 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 133 powerOne Graph new list or vector Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic Examples redim 1 2 3 5 returns 1 2 3 0 0 or 1 oO OoO C n redim value row col Returns a matrix or table depending on the data type of value containing data from value row col are the number of rows and columns respectively for the new structure Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode redim 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 5 returns 1 2 3 0 0 4 5 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 O or 1 2 3 0 0 4 5 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e RPN Input Mode HP48 Enter Mode Preference setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 ENT 3 ENT 5 redim returns 1 2 3 0 0 4 5 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or 1 2 3 0 0 5 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 8 12 Reduced Row Echelon Form rref matrix Returns the reduced row echelon form of a matrix Data Type
29. 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoNPV returns 3 098 35 4 6 31 Net Uniform Series CfoNUS I CFAmntList Returns the net uniform series of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e 1 periodic interest rate as a percentage e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoNUS 12 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 1 290 00 CfoNUS I CFAmntList CFFreqList Returns the net uniform series of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes algebraic 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 111 powerOne Graph Examples CfoNUS 12 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 1 290 00 CfoNUS I CFAmntList B Returns the net uniform series of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoNUS 12 5000 4000 3000 0 returns 569 81 CfoNUS 12 5000 4000 3000 1 returns 508 76 CfoNUS I CFAmntList CFFreqList
30. 5h returns 01B h 4 5 14 Hexadecimal Display As value gt h Displays value as a octal number Data Types boolean integer floating point table matrix Category dev 92 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 93 powerOne Graph Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 10 d h returns 0A h 32 d 12 d h returns 02C_h e RPN Input Mode 10 d h returns OA h 32 d ENT 12 d h returns 02C h 4 5 15 History history Each time the equals button is selected a new history item is stored The software stores the last 10 recorded answers To recall a value from the history list to the view window select it Category history Input Modes order of operations chain 4 5 16 Hyperbolic Arc Cosine acosh value Returns hyperbolic arc cosine of value Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode acosh 74 2099 returns 5 e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 74 2099 acosh returns 5 4 5 17 Hyperbolic Arc Sine asinh value Returns hyperbolic arc sine of value Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions asinh 1 1752 returns 1 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes
31. 6 7 8 9 2 3 returns 4 5 6 7 8 9 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ENT 2 ENT 3 getRow returns 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 7 8 9 ENT 3 ENT 3 getRow returns 8 4 5 9 Get Time in Decimal Format gettime date This function can only be used within a formula the returned value cannot be viewed in a template Returns the time in the format hh mmssmmm given date type date Data Types date table Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode gettime today returns the current time e g 18 0635 given 6 06 35 pm 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 91 powerOne Graph e RPN Input Mode today gettime returns the current time e g 18 0635 given 6 06 35 pm 4 5 10 Greater Than valueA gt valueB Returns true if valueA greater than valueB Data Types integer floating point date table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1 gt 0 55 returns true 1 5 returns false 1 1 returns false 1 2 3 4 gt 2 5 returns false false true true e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 0 55 returns true 1 ENT 5 gt returns false 1 ENT 1 gt returns false 1 2 3 4 ENT 2 5 gt returns false false true true 4 5 11 Greater Than or Equal To valueA valueB Returns true if valueA greater than or equal to valueB Data Types
32. Autre riy em nana 108 assurer c 109 Net Present Value pm 110 Net Uniforfm SORES cccctscccscccescssscstcxesssxeocasccdusessosscocessoctsesccsssesssevdncviccesuscsancsiecssccstvestenaucosivescecsncxsuserccetsecussedeseuedaceeste 110 Nominal interest m EEEa as EN 111 Normal C mulative DistribUtiOT m 112 Normal Probability Distribution neeeeeeeene eese nennen entente nnne nnnn nnns anna natns anna sinas ssa sensa sns enaska assa aan 112 jr c 113 Not E al Nc m RPOTRRUN 114 7 O Q OCCUNTENGCES e 114 lod Nec n 115 Octal Display AS mE 115 o ANM ee cEEE Mn 116 Lol lj 116 Payback Pc O RRTRRUN 117 Payment e 117 Percent c 1 118
33. Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples e Algebraic Input Mode AmSumPrn 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 12 12 0 2 returns 1 842 09 AmSumPrn first last PV FV 1 PMT N P Y C Y B round sign Returns the summation of principal paid given a range of periods This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e sign set to false to leave the sign of the answer in the outputted format Set to true to swap the sign Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions AmSumPrn 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 12 12 0 2 true returns 1 842 09 AmSumPrn 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 12 12 0 2 false returns 1 842 09 e RPN Input Mode 56 1 ENT 12 ENT 150000 ENT 0 ENT 6 ENT 899 325 ENT 360 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 ENT 2 ENT true AmSumPrn returns 1 842 09 1 ENT 12 ENT 150000 ENT 0 ENT 6 ENT 899 325 ENT 360 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 ENT 2 ENT false AmSumPrn returns 1 842 09 4 2 8 And valueA amp amp valueB Returns true if both valueA and valueB are true Data Types boolean table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 0 amp amp 5 returns false 1 amp amp 5 returns true 5 gt 3 amp amp 5 3 r
34. Periods Permutations Pi Poisson Cumulative Distribution Poisson Probability Distribution PoissonCDF PoissonPDF Polar Convert To Example Polar Graph Polar to Rectangular Conversion poly polynomial Pop up Calculator Power Power of 10 powerOne Button Precision Preferences Algebraic Chain Order of Operations 114 201 217 4 9 34 115 115 15 263 2 116 14 173 173 160 116 1 2 117 117 230 118 230 119 119 24 120 120 120 120 35 122 174 161 121 122 122 3 122 230 123 1 196 1 2 20 5 18 15 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Index Preferences 1 2 20 RPN 10 Present Value 124 Present Value of a Lease with 240 Advance Payments and an Option to Buy Pressure 231 Probability 41 prod 124 Product 124 Profitability Index 125 programmable buttons 22 Proton Mass 24 Q quartile 125 126 184 186 201 217 quartile1 125 quartile3 126 Quotation Marks 127 R R 24 radians 75 Radians to Degrees 127 Conversion rand 129 randBin 127 randint 128 randNorm 129 Random Binomial Test 127 Random Integer 128 Random Normal 129 Random Number 129 Random Table 130 Random Table of Integers 130 randT 130 randTInt 130 Range 197 201 217 RCL 31 real 121 Real Numbers 34 Recall 31 Reciprocal 131 Rectangular 35 Convert To 132 Rectangular to Polar 131 Conversion redim 132 Redimension 132 Reduced Row Echelon Form ref Regression Regressions Restricted Data Names Reti
35. Periods e N 119 xli m 119 Ix Ceci DIStHIDUTION mE 120 Poisson Probability Distribution eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eene enee enne nnne nn nnn nnns ntnn natns asina sinas ssa ssa assa as sR as sn assa nana 120 Polar to Rectangular Conversion Lecce re ciccie nen reu car nan sane nate aa rk ccoeansanceuszsneseedaenscecaneanssccecarsenstcenceedesase 121 POlaF eng pa 122 x NN 122 01 MEN 122 Lim 123 Present Valte e 124 ln 124 Profitability INdEK m 125 aestu cz c 125 uUppenrni e 126 QUOTATION uin CE E M H 127 Nr 127 IS EDITRICE rpee 127 Random Binomial 6sL
36. Template List should be visible 3 Select New Template near the bottom of the list 4 Enter Profit Sharing no quotes for the name 5 Enter NetPay BasePay if Netlncome lt 1000000 0 if NetIncome gt 1000000 amp amp Netlncome lt 5000000 BasePay 02 BasePay 04 no quotes for the equation e equals is on the right side of the keypad e parentheses are on the right side of the keypad next to multiply e if less then or equal to lt and greater than gt are available by selecting f x then bool e Semi colon is on the left side of the keypad below f x 6 Select OK to finish The profit sharing template should be visible Calculate NetPay Net Income is 700 000 7 Enter 3 000 for base pay e select 0 next to BasePay e enter 3000 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save yY button 8 Enter 700 000 for net income e select 0 next to NetPay e enter 700000 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 9 Calculate the monthly payment e select the button on the same line as NetPay e the net pay is 3 000 Calculate NetPay Net Income is 2 000 000 10 Enter 2 000 000 for net income e select 700 000 next to NetPay e enter 2000000 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 11 Calculate the monthly payment 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 257 powerOneG Graph
37. and w and first and second previous terms as required for each Scroll to see w n n is the independent variable for each equation u v and w n 1 is the previous value for n and n 2 is the previous before the previous value for n 1 Previous values are designated for recursive sequences only Use the keypad to speed entry See the Graphing New Edit Graphs section for more on the keypad e Buttons select OK to save changes and Cancel to delete f x WE ETSES changes and leave New Edit Graph Select Notes to add notes ICD Iv wl 415 16 x about the graph Details Tab e Name enter a name for the graph This is optional If the graph has a name the name will be displayed instead of the equation in My Graphs Category choose a category for this graph Category v Unfiled e Line choose a line pattern for each of the curves From left to right solid single line dots dashes dash dot and double solid line are u n Line H Color L available some devices may only offer solid single line dots and A ast double solid line v n Line Color jj e Color choose a color for each of the lines On black and white w n Line H Color L devices where color is not available the line is drawn in black e Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab Prefs Tab New Graph e Dec Setting number of decimal places to display when using the Data Details Prefs analysis functions Float shows all available decimal places
38. calling a function that does not exist Unknown variable using a variable that does not exist Variable is constant the variable is altered but since it is set as a constant it cannot be changed Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes In order of operations and chain input modes error may appear in the view window The cause may be one of the following Overflow or underflow occurs in the calculation Divide by 0 Reciprocal when x 0 Square root when x lt 0 Factorial when x lt 169 x gt 169 Natural log when x lt 0 Permutations when n lt 0 r lt 0 or r or nis not an integer Combinations when n lt 0 r lt 0 or r or nis not an integer Used too many levels of parentheses Entered a number outside the range of 1e 308 to 1e308 and 1e 308 to 1e308 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Appendix 264 7 2 Restricted Data Names When creating data types it is recommended that they do not have the following names because they may by overwritten during software use arc t b m tolerance e n u deriv pi V dist r w r2 X integral R2 y 7 3 Technical Support For technical support please visit Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph The web site contains e Extensive database of technical support questions and answers e Contact telephone numbers mail and email addresses e Free add ons including templates skins gra
39. l SITMET SWap ROWS Me Jur M Table to Matrix Conversion Ee a E E Thetd O p a ee LI i e ar e Ae oe eee TOday E E E E E E T Total Transpose Uniform Series Future Value Uniform Series Present Value sscascsvecsssscessesscaccascesesesenncsvescanecsonsedsnisocrssesesoeisoieedssesnnneatceiseceaedsserssesesseresnrsanncnie MEI Part V Graphing WE IapDge e A FACIES kN UIDEcl ee D ael Aa ccr u cljg M Q 4 T Ncc E Seg ernce O yi dulci lal LI ILU LIII LIT Data 4 Window Settings aoc asain ck haces eee cate te a iecec e io Le Lii iteeeex doean aaa 5 Graph DUS AY e C G 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks VII powerOne Graph Analysis Modes ZOOMING a E EEE T deseaiensncauscedensxancedsuuccadsuantcssuces zeceedexecdieshsued seoscnvanedstzecsedessueriebauizasdue 6 Examples sorsien
40. p value 2 5537e 4 df 6 The graph would appear as follows 6 5 3 4 Date This template is for Date calculations It is in the Calendar category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Variables e Method the day count method Date arithmetic can be performed using an actual year 30 day month 360 day year actual 360 or actual 365 calendar e Actual counts the actual number of days in a month and the total number of days in a year including leap years e 30 360 treats all months as though they have 30 days and years as though they have 360 days e Actual 360 counts the actual number of days in a month but treats years as though they have 360 days e Actual 365 counts the actual number of days in a month but treats years as though they have 365 days e Date 1 the date to compute from e Date 2 to date to compute to e Difference the difference in number of days Example Method fictual Date t Tue 9 2 03 Date 2Sat 12 13 03 Difference 102 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 224 Vacation begins on December 13 2003 Today is September 2 2003 How many actual days until vacation Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Method Actual Choose from the list Date 1 9 2 03 Ent
41. returns true 5 ENT 1 5 returns false 1 2 8 4 ENT 1 1 2 3 4 8 returns false true true false Used to complete calculations in order of operations and chain input modes See the Using the Calculator Input Modes section for more information lt variable name gt value Assigns a value to a variable See the Using the Calculator Memory amp Storage My Data section for more information equation equation Used for creating solver equations See the Templates Creating Templates section for more information 4 4 20 Exclusive Or valueA valueB Returns true if valueA is true or valueB is true but both are not true Data Types boolean table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode O 1 returns true 1 1 returns false 0 0 returns false 5 gt 3 5 lt 3 returns true 5 gt 3 5 gt 4 returns false e RPN Input Mode 0 ENT 1 returns true 1 ENT 1 returns false 0 ENT 0 returns false 5 ENT 3 gt 5 ENT 3 lt returns true 5 ENT 3 5 ENT 4 gt returns false 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 81 powerOne Graph valueA valueB Returns result of bitwise XOR of valueA with valueB Data Types integer table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 11010
42. the bin minimum m and bin maximum x 90 and 100 D the current data graph B is displayed This is the data B graph being analyzed If there is more than one data set drawn at the same time choose the data graph and select another graph to analyze e the number of items in the bin is n E In this case that is 3 items 26 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows C Briefs A Using Number of Bins there are two ways to determine the bin size The first is to designate the size which is used 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 183 powerOne Graph in the example above An alternative is to designate the total number of bins and split the data between them as demonstrated here e go to My Graphs select the desired graph X eta Col 1 Freq 1 of Each A list of options should be visible choose Edit from the list choose the Prefs tab select the label Bin Size and choose Bins instead This will split the data into 10 bins Since the bin minimum is 60 and the maximum data point is 95 this means each bin s size will be 95 60 10 or 3 5 units The first bin is 60 to 63 5 the second 63 5 to 67 and so on select OK to return to My Graphs only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only X eta Col 1 Freq 1 of Each is checked choose Graph at the bottom of My Graphs choose Zoom then Best Fit choose Analysis then Trace Eval to trace and evaluate the histogra
43. this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description Time value of money is the process of earning compound interest over a period of time Compound interest problems assume that the interest earned also earns interest Computations such as loans leases mortgages annuities and savings accounts are examples of compound interest problems In time value problems positive and negative numbers have different meanings positive numbers are inflows of cash cash received while negative numbers are outflows cash paid A car loan for instance may have a positive present value because money was received from the loan company but will have a negative payment amount since this is money that will be paid back to the loan company 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 241 powerOne Graph Variables Pmt Timing the payment timing Payments occur at the beginning or end of the period Payments made at the beginning of the period Pmt Timing End are called Annuity Due Most leases are this kind A payment made Present Val 7 500 00 at the end of the period is called an Ordinary Annuity Most loans are Future Val 0 00 this Kind Payment 250 90 e Present Val the present value a e Future Val the future value Intrst Yr 12 50 e Payment payment amount per period Periods 36 e Intrst Yr interest per year as a percentage
44. 1 If specified must be an integer or floating point number greater than 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode NormalPDF 0 025 3 5 2 returns 4 4089e 2 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 15 ENT 3 5 ENT 2 NormalPDF returns 4 4089e 2 4 6 35 Not valueA Returns false if valueA is true and returns true if value is false Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 4 1 5 returns false 6 5 returns true e RPN Input Mode 4ENT 145 returns false 6 ENT 5 lt returns true valueA Returns result of bitwise NOT one s complement of valueA Data Types integer table matrix Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 110101_b returns 1111111111001010_b 713 d returns 14 d 5 6 7 8 returns 6 7 8 9 all in decimal base e RPN Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 114 110101 b gt b returns 1111111111001010 b 13 d returns 14 d 5 6 7 8 returns 6 7 8 9 all in decimal base 4 6 36 Not Equal valueA lt gt valueB valueA valueB Returns true if valueA does not equal valueB Data Types boolean integer floating point date complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 5 l 6
45. 17 Select the Prefs tab at the top of the display and set Bin Size to 10 e to set Bin Size select its value enter 10 in the pop up calculator and select the checkmark to save e starting at Bin Min this will split data into 10 unit large bins 18 Set Bin Min to 60 e to set Bin Min select its value enter 60 in the pop up calculator and select the checkmark to save e bin min is the minimum number for the bins to start 19 Select OK at the bottom of New Graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 20 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only X eta Col 1 Freq 1 of Each is checked 21 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible but no data can be seen yet Adjust the Display 22 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 23 Choose Best Fit e the screen adjusts to show the plotted points e best fit repositions the graph so the appropriate data is visible Trace 24 Select Analysis at the bottom of the Graph display Graph v Unfiled 25 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 2596 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 596 at each the top and bottom When Zoom Best Fit is chosen the window is drawn to accommodate the clipped area e Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button cross hairs A in the picture draw at the histogram bar being analyzed which in this case is data points between
46. 201 217 Function 106 Missing 263 Missing left delimiter 263 Missing or invalid operand 263 Missing or invalid operator 263 Missing right delimiter 263 Mix Fraction 4 9 Mixed Fraction 106 Display As 106 Mixed Fractions 35 Mn 24 mod 107 Example 186 Modified Internal Rate of 107 Return Modulo Division 107 Mortgage with a Balloon 240 Payment Move 10 146 Mp 24 Multiplication 108 272 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 273 powerOne Graph My Data Categories Delete Details Edit Export Beam Use My Graphs Category Duplicate Edit Export Beam Quick Graph Table My Templates Delete Duplicate Edit Export Beam Notes Use NA Natural Logarithm Navigation Buttons ncr nDeriv nDeriv2 Net Future Value Net Present Value Net Uniform Series Neutron Mass Nominal Interest Rate norm Normal Cumulative Distribution Normal Probability Distribution Normal Probability Plot Example NormalCDF NormalPDF normSDist Not Not a number Not enough arguments Not Equal Notes npr 1 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 1 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 24 108 67 75 76 109 110 110 24 111 85 112 112 187 187 112 112 71 113 263 263 114 22 157 119 Occurrences Octal Display As OOO Operand out of range Options Or Order of Operations Input Mode P Parametric Example Parametric Graph Parentheses Paste Payback Payment Perc Change Percent Percent Change
47. 38 48 60 75 47 41 44 86 53 Freq 2 1 Of Each Hypothesis meant gt mean2 Choose from the list Select in the Mean x1 row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 217 powerOneG Graph Variable Calculated Mean x1 68 2308 Sx1 18 6599 ni 13 Mean x2 53 8462 Sx2 16 0148 n2 13 Zz 2 1536 p value 0 0156 The graph would appear as follows 6 5 2 8 2 Variable Statistics This template is for 2 variable descriptive statistics It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template calculates descriptive statistics for two variable data sets variables x and y with equal numbers of observations 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 218 Variables 2 Var Stats e X Data x data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table X Data iota Col 1 column or create a new one Must have the same number of data da points as Y Data Y Data iota Col 2 Y Data y data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Must have the same number of data points as X Data Frequency frequency list for the data set Select the label to choose a ile estan
48. 6 9 2 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 9 9 Vx returns 3 1464 e RPN Input Mode 9 9 Vx returns 3 1464 5 1 4142 Vx returns 2 2795 0 1378 in radians 9 36 81 4 Vx returns 3 6 9 2 4 9 18 Stack There are special functions for manipulating the stack These functions can be reached by tapping an item pushed onto the stack or choosing category Stack from the function list and then selecting the desired function If an item is selected on the stack the function selected will adjust based on that item If a stack function is selected from the function list the first item on the stack will be the focal point e Drop throws out the item Duplicate dup copies the item into register 0 view window entry line pushing all others up Move removes the item from its location in the stack and places it in register 0 view window entry line Rotate rot moves the stack in a clockwise direction Rotate Rvrs rotr moves the stack in a reverse or counter clockwise direction e Swap swaps the item with the contents of register 0 view window entry line Category stack or available by selecting an item on the stack Input Modes RPN 4 9 19 Standard Deviation stdDev datalist occlist Returns the sample standard deviation of the list datalist occlist is an optional argument that can contain a list of 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 147 powerOneG Graph occurence
49. 9 rowM 1 2 3 4 4 3 returns 1 2 12 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ENT 5 ENT 2 rowM returns 1 2 3 20 25 30 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 ENT 4 ENT 3 rowM returns 1 2 12 4 4 8 18 Row Norm rNorm matrix Returns the largest value of the sums of each row of the matrix or table Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 137 powerOne Graph rNorm 1 2 3 4 returns 7 rNorm 1 2 3 returns 6 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 rNorm returns 7 1 2 3 rNorm returns 6 4 8 19 Row Echelon Form ref matrix Returns the row echelon form of a matrix Data Types matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode ref 1 2 3 4 returns 1 1 3333 0 0 1 ref 5 11 22 28 returns 1 1 2727 0 0 1 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 ref returns 1 1 3333 0 0 1 5 11 22 28 ref returns 1 1 2727 0 0 1 4 9 S This section covers functions beginning with the letter S 4 9 1 Secant sec value Returns secant of value Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sec 0 5236 returns 1 1547 when Trig Mode Preferences
50. Calculated Z 1 7770 p value 0 03778 p hat 0 9 Hypothesis prop lt Po The graph would appear as follows Select in the p hat row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 205 powerOneG Graph Analysis Zoom 6 5 2 Two 2 This section covers included templates beginning with the number 2 6 5 2 1 2 Proportion Z Confidence Interval This template is for 2 proportion z confidence intervals It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template calculates a confidence interval for the difference between two population proportions of successes p1 and p2 based on two independent random samples Variables 2 Prop Zint e X1 count of successes in the first sample Must be a positive integer less than n1 x125 e n1 count of observations in the first sample Must be a positive n1 50 integer number x2 30 e X2 count of successes in the second sample Must be a positive n2 50 integer less than n2 e n2 count of observations in the second sample Must be a positive Conf Level 90 integer number p hat1 0 5 e Conf Level confidence coefficient entered as a percentage 0 100 p hat2 0 6 or as a decimal 0 1 Lower Limit 0 2628321864
51. CfoTot USFV TvmPV DepSLDV DepDBSLDV CfoNFV CfoCount USPV BondP DepDBDA DepSOYDDA CfoMIRR These functions are only available if the finance library is installed 1 2 3 Order of Operations Input Mode Order of operations is a standard calculator mode where only the currently entered number appears in the view window This mode follows standard entry where numbers are entered in order of appearance and a final calculation is performed when is selected As the name indicates it follows standard order of operations rules The following chart outlines precedence Order Function 1 Negative x Powers and roots Multiplication division and percentages Addition and subtraction Relationship operations gt lt 2 3 4 5 6 Logic or Boolean operations or and To calculate 27 3 x 8 5 Key Display Comments CE C Clears the current calculation 27 27 27 3 3 x 3 8 5 8 5 52 5 14 On Palm OS handhelds Graffiti entry is supported for both the main and pop up calculators To learn how to draw each character see your handheld user manual 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 15 powerOne Graph Character Function Character Function 0 Zero lt back gt lt space gt Backspace 1 One C C CE 2 Two Add 3 Three Subtract 4 Four XD Mu
52. Dates Dates are entered using a selector similar to other applications On Palm OS handhelds however the year can be changed directly and in the range 1900 to 3000 To choose a date select the variable choose a year choose a month choose a day Times Times are entered using a selector similar to other applications To choose a time select the variable choose the hour by highlighting it and using the up down scroll arrows choose minutes by selecting each box in turn and using the up down scroll arrows choose am or pm if not 24 hour time select OK to save the data or Cancel to throw out those changes 6 4 4 Template Preferences These preferences impact the entire template 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 197 powerOne Graph Category In My Templates and Template List templates can be sorted into categories Templates can be moved to any category Choose a Template Preferences t category from the list or select New Category to create a new one Categories only exist as long as there are templates in them To delete a Category w Calendar category move all the templates in that category to another category or Trig Mode I ES ENE Calendar Actual delete all templates in that category Trig Mode l l l l Precision EULER Calculates trigonometric functions as either radians or degrees Auto Compute X Calendar Freeze Rows v0 Date arithmetic can be performed using an
53. EXRRENR ELE KR EXEEERARE EHE AER EE EXEAT rE ENEL Er E l infey o n MERO EET 3 Preferences Calc Tab Button Tab Bar Tab 4 Memory amp Storage dees aui eres coL quce ees eres Qu rase pvo SER syn aora ya NE cR NU ra Tu RE SERT Nora NR CERA 22 My Data Variables Constants Macros Tables Matrices Shang Brig 30 MeMOry LOCATIONS pc 31 SyStem Clipboard m 32 aliipa EL M 32 Calculation LOG M 32 Part Il Types of Data 34 1 BooleanhsS 5 ie vri nzan ndi v du wu aud au wa ca va Va wa aa uu wa d wa ie le ue d au a ancl a wu va nd a wa Qa d a a d a a uo V a wu d D NR a 34 2 Integers Whole Number 5 icarceue icu ena cedere emu oda ranura aac ce aa amour nnmnnn nennen nna 34 3 Base N mbets 5 2 Inu ere ce cates heeds eek ieee de diner lee eee 34 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Contents ll COON OO n Part Ill COON OA RAON _ N O 13 Part IV 1 2 Floating Point Numbers me 34 Fractions ususeicvs iav vana w ua vd du Re de wd du wa a wa an wa wa nd au n aiara a Uu d n aaa aa dade e I o a i wu D wd d 35 Dates amp TIMES NER BE 35 Complex NUM DONS inse
54. Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Pmt Timing End Loan pmt s are at the end of the period Choose from the list Present Val 7500 Intrst Yr 12 5 Periods 36 3 years at 12 periods per year Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 Select in the Payment row to calculate The payment will be 250 90 per month It is negative because it is a cash outflow Retirement Annuity With 35 years until retirement and 15 000 in the bank it is time to think about savings How much would have to be put aside at the beginning of each month to reach 2 5 million if an interest rate of 1096 can be expected 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 242 Templates Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Pmt Timing Begin Choose from the list Present Val 15 000 Negative because cash out of hand Future Val 2 500 000 Positive because future cash inflow Intrst Yr 10 0 Periods 420 35 years x 12 periods per year Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 Select in the Payment row to calculate The payment amount is 525 15 per month It is negative because it is a cash outflow Savings Account With 3 000 in a savings account and 3 75 interest how many months does it take to reach 4 000 Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values P
55. Included Templates section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 195 powerOne Graph A Template Notes select this button to display notes about the template Notes generally describe what the template is used for a description of each variable and any special template instructions Present Val 0 00 Payment 0 00 Intrst Yr9 s 0 00 Periods 0 Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 B Variable Label describes the variable s contents Generally the label is nothing more than a text description but sometimes labels can be selected Labels that can be selected are surrounded by a dotted border and exist for one of two reasons e Select a Table some templates require a table and offer the ability to use any table including those already created using My Data Examples are 2 variable statistics and ANOVA templates See the Using the Templates Types of Variable Data section for more information on selecting and using a table See the Using the Calculator Memory amp Storage My Data section for more on creating tables Done Clear Change the Data View some variable s can be entered or viewed in multiple ways For example the variable Diff H MM in the Time template In this case select the variable s label to enter and calculate the same data item a different way In the Time template the difference in time can be entered in hour minute Diff H MM or fractional hour Diff Hrs format C Var
56. Locations section for additional information Data Types boolean integer floating point Category not applicable Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain 4 6 22 Minimum min valueA valueB If given a series of values or a list returns the smallest value in the list If given a series of lists of equal length returns the smallest value of each position within the list valueB is optional RPN input mode can only handle a single list Data Types integer floating point date table matrix Category stats matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode min 2 4 6 5 3 returns 2 min 1 2 3 4 5 returns 1 min 1 2 3 4 5 35 6 2 1 8 returns 1 2 2 1 5 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 106 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 min returns 1 2 4 6 10 8 6 min returns 2 4 6 23 Minimum Function fMin expression variable lower upper Uses an iterative method to determine the value of an independent variable for which the local minimum of an expression occurs The possible values for the independent variable are limited to a range bracketed by the provided upper and lower limits This function uses the tolerance constant e expression the expression to analyze Must be in quotations e variable the independent variable within the expression Must be in quotations e lower lower limit of the range to
57. MEM is added memory store recall and clear options See the appropriate Input Modes section for more on which functions are available in each mode See the Memory amp Storage Memory Locations section for more on recall and store E Buttons OK saves changes while Cancel deletes changes returning to My Data To enter notes about the data item select Notes New Edit Macros from Entry Line In algebraic input mode new macros can be created on the entry line To create a macro enter the name followed by colon followed by equals followed by the macro s value The colon equals symbol can be found under the macro category in the function list For example to assign the macro 3 pi to the data item beta enter the following on the entry line beta 3 pi Note that if a macro is already defined as beta it will be overwritten with this new definition Attempting to overwrite a constant will display a warning 1 4 1 4 Tables Tables only available in modes that use an entry line are values grouped into sets When a table is used in an expression on the entry line the table s data is substituted for the table s name before evaluation New Edit Tables from My Data Generally tables are entered from My Data Select New and choose Table for a new table Select a table from the My Data list and choose Edit to edit the table A Name table s name The name consists of letters capital or New Table lower case and optio
58. New Table 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Data button or choose powerOne then My Data The Data button is first to the left across the top of the 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 185 powerOneG Graph main calculator My Data should be visible 3 Select New from the bottom of My Data 4 Choose Table from the list 5 Create the new table e for the name enter chi e for the number of rows enter 8 e for the number of columns enter 1 6 Select OK The table editor should be visible 7 Enter the table as displayed above e select the cell at row 1 column 1 e enter 20 into the pop up calculator e select the checkmark button to save e move to the next cell and repeat with each cell s data until the entire table is entered 8 When finished select OK to save My Data should be visible 9 Select Done in My Data The main calculator should be visible Create a New Graph 10 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 11 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 12 Select Data from the pop up list 13 Select the Type label and choose Box Plot from the list 14 Select None Selected next to X Select Table Column will display 15 Choose the table and column for the X data e selec
59. Pounds Force Choose from the list Amount 1 1250 Type 2 Newtons Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically The conversion is 5 560 3 Newtons 6 5 4 3 Length This template is for Length conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Type 1 Kilometers Amount 1 1 000 Type 2 Miles Amount 2 621 3711922373 Variables e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount Z2 the amount of the second type Example 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 227 powerOneG Graph It is 1 000 kilometers from your home to your aunt s house How many miles is this Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 Kilometers Choose from the list Amount 1 1000 Type 2 Miles Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically The conversion is 621 4 miles 6 5 4 4 Linear Regression T Test This template is for linear regression tests It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates
60. R Depreciation Amount DepDBDV C S L M Y R Depreciation Value Book value returns the book value depreciable value salvage value for the asset at the end of the given year Depreciation amount returns the amount that the asset depreciated during the given year Depreciation value returns the remaining total depreciable value for the asset at the end of the given year All three are calculated using the declining balance method of depreciation This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed C cost of the depreciable asset S salvage value of the depreciable asset L life in years of the depreciable asset M first month to begin depreciating 1 is January 12 is December Y year to calculate R depreciation rate expressed as a percentage Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode DepDBBV 150000 20000 20 6 3 200 returns 114 412 50 DepDBDA 150000 20000 20 6 3 200 returns 12 712 50 DepDBDV 150000 20000 20 6 3 200 returns 94 412 50 e RPN Input Mode HP48 Enter Mode Preference setting 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 ENT 200 DepDBBV returns 114 412 50 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 ENT 200 DepDBDA returns 12 712 50 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 ENT 200 DepDBDV returns 94 412 50 4 4 7 Degrees to DMS Conversion dms value Returns equivalent in dd mmss degrees minutes seconds of value degrees Data Types integer floating poi
61. RPN Input Mode HP48 Enter Mode Preference setting 6 8 2 1 9 4 7 3 5 sortD returns 9 8 7 6 5 4 8 2 1 or 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 4 3 1 sortD returns 4 3 3 1 or C5 CO 4 9 16 Square value 2 Returns value multiplied by 2 Data Types integer floating point complex table Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 5 2 returns 25 3 2 returns 9 Preference setting 2 2 4 3 2 returns 9 Preference setting 2 2 4 5 1 4142 2 returns 23 14 1420 0525 3 4 2 returns 1 4 9 16 15 2 8 4 2 returns 7 10 15 22 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 x returns 25 3 x returns 9 e RPN Input Mode 5 x returns 25 3 x returns 9 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 146 5 1 4142 x returns 23 14 1420 15 2 3 4 x returns 1 4 9 16 1 2 8 4 x returns 7 10 15 22 4 9 17 Square Root sqrt value Returns the square root of value Data Types integer floating point complex table Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebaic Input Mode sqrt 9 9 returns 3 1464 sqrt 5 1 4142 returns 2 2795 0 1378 in radians sqrt 9 36 81 4 returns 3
62. Test This template is for 2 sample F tests about the equality of population variances It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template tests the equality of two population variances based on independent random samples from two normal 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 208 populations The null hypothesis is that the two populations have the same variance and standard deviation that is s4 So The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data Variables uU 2 Sample FTest e Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate J valies InputData e Data 1 first data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table Data T delta Col 1 column or create a new one Freg 1 1 Of Each e Freq 1 frequency list for the first data set Select the label to choose Data2 delta Col 2 a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each e Data 2 second data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Hypothesis not equal e Freq 2 frequency li
63. This may differ from other calculators e Median a middle value in the ordered data the 50th percentile 3rd Qrtl median point between the median and maximum values the 75th percentile The calculation for finding the third quartile uses Tukey s method which includes the median This may differ from other calculators Max X maximum x value e Range X difference between minimum and maximum values This template automatically calculates a weighted average when frequencies are different for each data point Graphing To graph the statistics select the Graph button The graph is a scatter plot of the observations on the vertical axis versus the number of the observation in the data list on the horizontal axis Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Data Set 5 2 8 6 3 10 12 15 Frequency 1 Of Each Select in the Occ row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 203 powerOneG Graph Variable Calculated Occ 8 Mean X 7 625 Sum X 61 Sum X 607 Std Dev X s 4 5020 Std Dev X p 4 2112 Variance s 20 2679 Variance p 17 7344 Min X 2 1st Qrtl 4 Median 7 3rd Qrtl 11 Max X 15 Range X 13 The graph would appear as follows Templates 6 5 1 3 1 Proporti
64. above except e P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 e round decimal places to round the end balance to as it calculates If not included is assumed to be 2 Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples e Algebraic Input Mode AmSumlint 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 12 12 0 2 returns 8 949 87 AmSumlnt first last PV FV 1 PMT N P Y C Y B round sign Returns the summation of interest paid given a range of periods This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e sign set to false to leave the sign of the answer in the outputted format Set to true to swap the sign Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode AmSumlint 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 12 12 0 2 true returns 8 949 87 AmSumlnt 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 12 12 0 2 false returns 8 949 87 e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 12 ENT 150000 ENT 0 ENT 6 ENT 899 325 ENT 360 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 ENT 2 ENT 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 55 powerOne Graph true AmSumlnt returns 8 949 87 1 ENT 12 ENT 150000 ENT 0 ENT 6 ENT 899 325 ENT 360 ENT 12 ENT 12 E
65. algebraic Examples CfolRR 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 47 96 CfoIRR CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfolRR 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 47 96 e RPN Input Mode 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoIRR returns 47 96 4 6 8 Inverse value 1 Returns value raised to 1 power Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 4 2 1 returns 0 2381 15 2 8 4 4 1 returns 1 0 5 3333 0 25 1 2 8 4 1 returns 2 1 1 5 0 5 5 1 4142 1 returns 0 1852 0 0524 e RPN Input Mode 4 2 1 returns 0 2381 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 99 powerOne Graph 05 2 38 4 1 returns 1 0 5 3333 0 25 1 2 8 4 1 returns 2 1 1 5 0 5 b 1 4142 1 returns 0 1852 0 0524 4 6 9 Inverse Cumulative Normal Distribution invNorm prob Returns the value which would generate the given probability for the cumulative standard Normal distribution e prob probability Category distr Input Modes algebraic Examples invNorm 0 25 returns 0 6745 invNorm area mean stddev same as above except e mean mean of the distribution If not specified mean is O If specified must be an integer or
66. algebraic order of operations chain Examples 3 4 5 returns 23 8 4 5 returns 35 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 117 powerOneG Graph 4 7 6 Payback CfoPbk CFAmntList Returns the period number when the initial investment of a given cash flow will be paid back This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoPbk 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 1 33 CfoPbk CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfoPbk 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 1 33 e RPN Input Mode 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoPbk returns 1 33 4 7 7 Payment tvmpmt N 1 PV FV Returns the periodic payment amount of a time value of money TVM problem Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e PV present value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e FV future value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e 1 yearly interest rate expressed as a percent
67. an example to show basic features of scatter plot graphing This example uses the following table 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 2 1 7 1 5 3 2 3 2 5 4 3 1 3 2 What is covered e Create a table Create a scatter plot graph Zoom using best fit Trace data points Find the regression model Create a New Table 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Data button or choose powerOne then My Data The Data button is first to the left across the top of the main calculator My Data should be visible 3 Select New from the bottom of My Data 4 Choose Table from the list 5 Create the new table e for the name enter gamma e for the number of rows enter 4 e for the number of columns enter 2 6 Select OK The table editor should be visible 7 Enter the table as displayed above e select the cell at row 1 column 1 e enter 1 1 into the pop up calculator e select the check mark button to save e move to the next cell and repeat with each cell s data until the entire table is entered 8 When finished select OK to save My Data should be visible 9 Select Done in My Data The main calculator should be visible Create a New Graph 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 179 powerOneG Graph 10 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graph
68. analyze e upper upper limit of the range to analyze Category calc Input Modes algebraic Examples fMin x 2 x 3 3 returns 0 0001 fMin expression variable lower upper e Same as above except e e tolerance This is optional If it is not included it defaults to 10 Smaller values may lead to greater accuracy but will cause the calculation to take longer to complete Category calc Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode fMin x 2 x 3 3 0 5 returns 0 0001 e RPN Input Mode x42 ENT x ENT 3 ENT 3 fMin returns 0 0001 4 6 24 Mixed Fraction Display As value mFrac Returns value as a mixed fraction Data Types floating point Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1 236mFrac returns 1 59 250 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 107 powerOne Graph 0 5 mFrac returns 1 2 7 4 mF rac returns 1 3 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 236 mFrac returns 1 59 250 4 6 25 Modified Internal Rate of Return CfoMIRR I CFAmntList Returns the modified internal rate of return of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e 96 periodic interest rate as a percentage e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecut
69. around the graph with Zoom Center Other items discussed briefs e Table of data e Inequalities e Family of curves Create a New Graph 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 3 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 4 Select Function from the pop up list 5 Enter 2 x 2 without quotation marks on the entry line On the keypad enter 2 x x x e multiplication symbol is in the lower right hand corner to the left of divide e x is in the top left hand corner of the keypad next to f x e x is to the right of x 6 No other graph information needs to be entered at this time 7 Select OK at the bottom of the screen to save the graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 8 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only y x 2 x 2 is checked 9 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the parabola drawn on the screen 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 172 Trace and Evaluate 10 Select Analysis at bottom of the Graph display Graph v Unfiled 11 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 2596 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 596 at e
70. available The Edit menu e Undo shortcut U undo the last cut copy paste or entry in the field e Cut shortcut X cut the selected text to the clipboard e Copy shortcut C copy the selected text to the clipboard Paste shortcut P paste the selected text from the clipboard to the entry line Select All shortcut S selects all text in the entry line Keyboard shortcut K displays the Palm OS keyboard for data entry Graffiti Help shortcut G help with Graffiti keystrokes The Options menu e Preferences display preferences for My Graphs When a new graph is created the graph type selector appears automatically To keep this from appearing uncheck the box 5 3 1 Function This section describes New Edit Graphs layout for function graphs Function graphs are those that define dependent variable y in terms of independent variable x Data Tab 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 159 powerOneO Graph Details Tab Prefs Tab y X select to change graph types New Graph Inequalities select to change how inequalities are drawn To draw only the curve select To shade the region above or below the graph including the curve select gt or lt respectively To shade the region above or below the graph without drawing the curve select gt or lt respectively Eniry Line enter the function equation Use the keypad to speed entry See the Graphing New Edit Graphs section for more on t
71. based on the selected equations The process is the same as the one described for function graphs Please see the Examples Function section for more information B Family of Curves families of curves are used to explore differences between equations when a single variable is altered To graph a family of curves use a table as one of the variables in the equation For the above example graph 2 4 t no quotes The process is the same as the one described for function graphs Please see the Examples Function section for more information 5 6 4 Sequence The Example This is an example to show basic features of sequence graphing This example uses the equation u 2n over the range1 through 10 Since it is sequential when n is 1 u is 2 2 x 1 when n is 2 u is 4 and so on until n is 10 and u is 20 What is covered e Create a non recursive sequence graph e Change window settings manually e Zoom using best fit e Trace points on the curve Other items discussed briefs e Multiple equations in a sequence graph e Recursive equations Create a New Graph 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 3 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 4 Select Sequence from the pop up list 5 Enter 2 n without
72. changes depending on the input mode selected Options are Input Mode Preferences e algebraic RPN order of operations chain modes the currently selected input mode All input modes may not be available with all skins For more on each Input Mode v Algebraic input mode see the Using the Calculator Input Modes section To learn Decimal Setting w Float more about skins see the Using the Calculator Interface Overview Skins section Display Mode w Normal Complex Type w Auto Stack Size Complex Frmt w a b r t RPN size of the stack Unary Op w 2 2 4 The stack can either be 4 items tall 3 locations and the entry line view Trig Mode w Degrees window 11 items 10 locations and the entry line view window or max items high Max is restricted to 64 items Canes Enter Mode RPN how the stack is handled when ENT is selected in RPN input mode HP48 calculators treat Enter differently than all other HP RPN calculators On the HP48 3 ENT results in an error because not enough items are pushed onto the stack On other HP calculators the same sequence results in 6 3 3 since it pushes 3 into the first register without removing it from the entry line view window Choose HP 48 to match the HP48 or All Others for the alternative sequence For reference previous versions of Infinity Softworks financial 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 21 powerOne Graph calculators only offere
73. e select OK to return to New Graph 7 Frequency will remain 1 of Each 8 Select OK at the bottom of New Graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 18 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only X chi Col 1 Freq 1 of Each is checked 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 187 powerOneG Graph 19 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible but no data can be seen yet Adjust the Display 20 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 21 Choose Best Fit e the screen adjusts to show the plotted points e best fit repositions the graph so the appropriate data is visible Trace 22 Select Analysis at the bottom of the Graph display 23 Choose Trace Eval from the list 25 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 596 at each the top and bottom When Zoom Best Fit is chosen the window is drawn to accommodate the clipped area Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button e cross hairs C in the picture draws at the analyzed portion of the box plot In this case the cross hairs are at the median which is 27 5 H As the cross hairs move from left to right the data is the minimum data point A x data point no letter first quartile B median C third quartile D and the maximum data point E The minimum data point 4 is an outlier data point so draws
74. fact value Returns factorial of value where 169 lt value lt 170 Data Types integer positive numbers only floating point table matrix Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode fact 6 returns 720 fact 1 2 3 4 5 returns 1 2 6 24 120 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 6 returns 720 e RPN Input Mode 6 returns 720 1 2 3 4 5 returns 1 2 6 24 120 4 4 26 Fill fill matrix fillval Returns a matrix or table with the dimensions of struct filled with fillVal which may be a boolean integer or float for matrices plus complex date or string for table Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode fill 1 2 3 4 5 6 16 returns 16 16 16 16 16 16 fill 1 2 3 4 4 returns 4 4 4 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 ENT 16 fill returns 16 16 16 16 16 16 4 4 27 Floating Point Convert To tofloat value Returns a floating point number by converting value Data Types boolean integer floating point table matrix Category number 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode toFloat 5 returns 5 0 e RPN Input Mode 5 toFloat returns 5 0 4 4 28 Floor floor value Returns the largest integer less than or equal to v
75. floating point number e stddev standard deviation of the distribution If not specified stddev is 1 If specified must be an integer or floating point number Category distr Input Modes algebraic Examples e Algebraic Input Mode invNorm 0 25 0 5 1 returns 0 1745 e RPN Input Mode 0 25 ENT 0 5 ENT 1 invNorm returns 0 1745 4 6 10 Last last In order of operations and chain input modes returns the last entry recorded in the history list In RPN input mode returns the last item pushed on the stack See History for more information Category number Input Modes RPN order of operations chain 4 6 11 Least Common Multiple Icm valueA valueB Returns the least common integer multiple of valueA and valueB where 2 valueA valueB lt 2 Data Types integer floating point table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category math 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode Icm 12 63 returns 252 lem 5 10 10 4 returns 10 20 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 12 lcm 63 returns 252 e RPN Input Mode 12 ENT 63 ENT lcm returns 252 5 10 ENT 10 4 lcm returns 10 20 4 6 12 Less Than valueA valueB Returns true if valueA less than valueB Data Types integer floating point date table matrix Note c
76. following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 211 powerOne Graph Variable Calculated Mean x1 68 2308 Sxi 18 6599 ni 13 Mean x2 53 8462 Sx2 16 0148 n2 13 Sx pooled 17 3877 Lower Limit 0 3088 Upper Limit 28 4605 df 24 If pooled is set to No the following answers are returned Variable Calculated Mean x1 68 2308 Sx1 18 6599 ni 13 Mean x2 53 8462 Sx2 16 0148 n2 13 Lower Limit 0 2916 Upper Limit 28 4776 df 23 4602 6 5 2 5 2 Sample T Test This template is for 2 sample t tests about the equality of population means It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template tests the equality of two population means meant and mean2 based on independent random samples from two normal populations The null hypothesis is Ho meant mean2 0 or equivalently Ho mean1 mean2 The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 212 Varia
77. from its web site Those plug ins could include those to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information Import To import a data item e Select Import from the Options menu e Select the desired import option e Follow the on screen directions if any are required One data import option comes with the software e Import graphs from files find graph files and import them Generally graph files are imported automatically when the software is first started However the expansion memory is not searched Choose this option to import from both device and expansion memory Infinity Softworks may offer additional import plug ins from its web site These plug ins could include ones to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 192 6 Templates 6 1 Accessing There are three ways to get to a template 1 In the main calculator select the Template button at the top of the screen to go see a list of templates See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section for more on this button 2 In the main calculator select the Last Template button at the top of the screen to go to the last opened template See the Using the Calculator Interface Overvie
78. function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e mean mean of the distribution e stddev standard deviation of the distribution Must be a positive integer or real number Category prob Input Modes algebraic Examples randNorm 1 0 3 returns single random number randNorm mean stddev numsimulations Same as above except returns a list of random numbers e numsimulations number of times to repeat the simulation Must be an integer gt 0 if entered Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode randNorm 2 0 4 10 returns list of 5 random numbers e RPN Input Mode 2 ENT 4 ENT 1 randNorm returns single random number 2 ENT 4 ENT 10 randNorm returns list of 10 random numbers 4 8 5 Random Number rand Returns a random floating point number from a uniform distribution within the bounds 0 lt random number lt 1 The number of decimal places is set based on the current decimal setting preference Category prob Input Modes algebraic order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes rand returns single random number in the range 0 lt random number lt 1 rand numsimulations Same as above except returns a list of random floating point numbers e numsimulations number of times to repeat the simulation Must be an integer gt 0 if entered Category prob 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 130
79. imag Implicit multiplication Import 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 170 167 189 169 24 24 91 91 92 4 9 34 92 92 164 164 164 164 180 93 4 32 89 254 240 88 93 93 94 94 94 95 24 67 24 95 95 121 5 30 191 198 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Index Included Constants Included Templates Infinity Inflation Input Mode Input Mode Button Integer Convert To Integer Part Integers Integral Interest Rate Internal Rate of Return IntNom Invalid array dimensions Invalid data type Inverse Inverse Cumulative Normal Distribution invNorm iPart Iteration limit exceeded J Justified K k Keyboard Keypad L Last Last Equation Answer Last Template Button lcm Least Common Multiple Length Less Than Less Than or Equal To Linear Regression T Test LinReg TTest Lists In log Logarithm 24 199 263 252 20 96 96 96 34 97 97 98 111 263 263 98 99 99 96 263 197 24 99 99 99 226 100 100 227 227 35 108 101 101 M m 77 macro 189 Macros 25 Make Date from Decimal 101 Format makedate 101 Markup 228 Mass 229 Matrices 28 35 41 Matrix 28 35 41 Editor 28 Sharing Data 28 Matrix is singular 263 Matrix to Table Conversion 102 max 102 Maximum 102 201 217 Function 103 Me 24 Mean 104 201 217 Median 104 184 186 201 217 MEM 105 Memory 22 31 105 Memory access error 263 mFrac 106 min 105 Minimum 105 106
80. is visible 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 180 Trace Graph v Unfiled 24 Select Analysis at the bottom of the Graph display 25 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 25 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 5 at each the top and bottom When Zoom Best Fit is chosen the window is drawn to accommodate the clipped area e Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button cross hairs A in the picture draw at the currently evaluated point which in this case is shown as n 3 D the current data graph B is displayed This is the data B graph being analyzed If there is more than one data set drawn at the same time choose the data graph and select p another graph to analyze y 2 5 e the n value is the list index current being viewed iGo lilrace evali Zoom the o value is only present when a frequency list is i ji H provided for scatter plots It shows the number of occurrences for the x and y pair e the x value and y value both default to the point designated by the cross hair s location 26 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows C Regression Models 27 Select Trace Eval at the bottom of the Graph display 28 Choose Regression from the list 29 Select No Regression 30 Choose Linear from the list e the regression curve is drawn with the data points e the current data graph is displayed A in the B
81. list start Returns a list containing a sublist of list starting with element start and including all remaining elements in list Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic Examples subList 6 7 8 9 3 returns 8 9 sublist list start len Returns a list containing a sublist of list including len elements from list starting with element start Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples Algebraic Input Mode subList 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 returns 7 8 9 RPN Input Mode 6 7 8 9 ENT 2 ENT 2 subList returns 7 8 4 9 24 Subtraction valueA valueB returns valueA minus valueB Data Types boolean integer floating point date complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category not applicable Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 9 32 4 89 returns 4 43 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 150 8 2 2361 5 1 4142 returns 3 0 8219 15 22 8 89 6 returns 9 16 2 83 17 28 82 46 1 2 8 4 returns 16 26 29 42 e Order of Operations Input Mode 9 32 4 89 returns 4 43 e Chain Input Mode 9 32 4 89 returns 4 43 e RPN Input Mode 9 32 ENT 4 89 returns 4 43 8 2 2361 ENT 5 1 4142 returns 3 0 8219 15 22 8 89 ENT 6 returns 9 16 2 83
82. one e Freq 2 frequency list for the second data set Select the label to 5x1 18 65391178147 choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Conf Level confidence coefficient entered as a percentage 0 100 or as a decimal 0 1 Mean x1 first sample mean Sx1 first sample standard deviation n1 number of observations in the first data set Must be an integer greater than 1 Mean x2 second sample mean Sx2 second sample standard deviation n2 number of observations in the second data set Must be an integer greater than 1 Lower Limit lower z confidence limit for mean1 mean2 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 215 powerOneG Graph e Upper Limit upper z confidence limit for meant mean2 Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Std Dev p1 18 Std Dev p2 16 Data 1 59 73 74 61 92 60 84 54 73 47 102 75 33 Freq 1 1 Of Each Data 2 71 63 40 34 38 48 60 75 47 41 44 86 53 Freq 2 1 Of Each Conf Level 95 Select in the Mean x1 row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Calculated Mean x1 68 2308 Sx1 18 6599 ni 13 Mean x2 53 8462 Sx2 16 0148 n2 13 Lower Limit 1 2931 Upper Limit 27 4761 6 5 2 7 2 Sample Z Test
83. one application to another In algebraic and RPN input modes highlight the data to save to the clipboard and choose an appropriate function from the Edit menu or Copy or Paste by selecting the powerOne button In order of operations and chain input modes select an appropriate function from the Edit menu or Copy or Paste by selecting the powerOne button The view window s value will be the target 1 4 4 History List The history list is available in order of operations and chain input modes Each time the equals button is selected a new history item is stored The software stores the last 10 recorded answers To display the history list select history from the function list To recall a value from the history list to the view window select it The last entry recorded in the history list can also be recalled by using the Last function 1 4 5 Calculation Log The calculation log is used to display computations as they are entered Even if the calculator input is cleared the calculation log retains a history of the last calculations To access the calculation log see the Using the Calculator Interface Overview Calculation Log Calculation Log 02 3 4 5 3 0000 M1 18 0333 2 5 8 sin 34 0 698991129338 18 0333 3 44 10 15 3 16 7 2 0000 58 6 0000 5 3 8 10 3 0000 88 20 0000 H4 3 123 88 024390243902 2 0000 884349 3 0000 algebraic input mode RPN order and chain input modes A Equation Value algebraic input m
84. option to import from both device and expansion memory e Import data items from files find data item files and import them Generally data items are imported automatically when the software is first started However the expansion memory is not searched Choose this option to import from both device and expansion memory Infinity Softworks may offer additional import plug ins from its web site These plug ins could include ones to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information 6 5 Included Templates These templates are included with the software Additional templates are available to download and install from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph Included template are sorted into the following categories Business e Discount e Markup e Perc Change e Sales Tax 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 200 e Tip e TVM Calendar e Date e Time Convert e Area Energy Force Length Mass Power Pressure Temperature Velocity Volume Stats e 1 Prop Zint e 1 Prop ZTest e 1 Var Stats e 2 Prop Zint e 2 Prop ZTest e 2 Sample FTest e 2 Sample Tint e 2 Sample TTest e 2 Sample Zint e 2 Sample ZTest e 2 Var Stats e ANOVA e Chi2 Test e LinReg TTest e Regressions e T Test e T Interval e Z Test e Z Interval 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 201 powerOn
85. parametric equations with x t and y t on their respective lines Use the keypad to speed entry See the Graphing New Edit Graphs section for more on the keypad Line choose a line pattern for the curve From left to right solid single line dots dashes dash dot and double solid line are available some devices may only offer solid single line dots and Line E Color L double solid line Color choose a color for the line On black and white devices where color is not available the line is drawn in black Buttons select OK to save changes and Cancel to delete changes and leave New Edit Graph Select Notes to add notes about the graph Name enter a name for the graph This is optional If the graph has a name the name will be displayed instead of the equation in My Graphs Category v Unfiled Category choose a category for this graph Line same as Line in the Data Tab Line H Color L Color same as Color in the Data Tab Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab Gd 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 161 powerOne Graph Prefs Tab New Graph Dec Setting number of decimal places to display when using the Prefs analysis functions Float shows all available decimal places 0 through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large Dec Setting Float numbers fewer decimal places may be displayed because of the Disp Mode v Normal Trig Mode Radians total number of places avai
86. renati recenter tonat ite idee eee aara ertt dr c n d reos 240 Uo wenns E MM e a IAINNI a ses ede c PPM IDEE e STE 245 M 246 VOIE c 246 Z Confidence Interval Orie Sample 2 trier te rto treni eire ehe ve eee rote gro iaae aia ve Pese Y eva rb rd 247 Z Test One Sample eni eEPOBIR UBUNTU E E UON 248 6 Creating Templates 250 Using the Solver e 251 HOW THE SOLVER Works ee aaran 252 Solver LIMIAONS sei E E E AE E E E E E E 252 Examples Inflation Constant Accelerat ominas ignon ann a a ORE OVER E T S a a E 253 aie HAV RE P EET TEE sued E EE EET 254 MIE Statements aA e A E R er REOR ER 255 Solving Statements 257 Multiple AMSWOtS 258 Using Data in Multiple Templates onn rt rent t tero tert err ren ta eren 260 Part VII Appendix 263 1 Calculator Error Messages eeesesesesseeseeeeeeeeenee ennt nnne nn nn inna sa ninh natn ns sana assa sa nn nasa 263 2 Restricted Data Names erc iiiese cr rase cra sana ck dau sn ck a raa mnane nnmnnn Rua Y Ro a CK Ra snc vds 264 3 T hnic l tC L 264 4 Printing This Cure
87. returns 32 4 4 17 Effective Interest Rate EffNom rate compoundingperiods Returns the effective interest rate This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e rate nominal annual interest rate Must be an integer or floating point number e compoundingperiods number of interest compounding periods per year Must be an integer or floating point number greater than or equal to 0 0 denotes continuous compounding Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode IntEff 7 360 returns 7 250 IntEff 7 0 returns 7 251 e RPN Input Mode 7 ENT 360 IntEff returns 7 250 4 4 18 Enter ENT Used to complete calculations in algebraic and RPN input modes See the Using the Calculator Input Modes section for more information 4 4 19 Equals valueA valueB Returns true if valueA is equal to value valueB Note that this operator is entered using two consecutive characters not a single character The single is only used when entering template equations Data Types boolean integer floating point date complx table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 80 5 5 returns true 5 1 5 returns false 1 2 8 4 1 1 2 8 4 8 returns false true true false e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 5
88. returns 8 15 03 4 06 pm given a start time of 12 00 am on 08 01 2003 e RPN Input Mode 01 082003 ENT 352 ENT 6 ENT 30 adjTime returns 8 15 03 4 06 pm given a start time of 12 00 am on 08 01 2003 4 2 5 Amortization End Balance AmEndBal period PV FV I96 PMT N Returns the ending principal balance of the given period This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e period the period to calculate the ending principal balance PV present value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow FV future value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow I yearly interest rate expressed as a percentage PMT periodic payment amount Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow N total number of periods Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples AmEndBal 240 150000 0 6 899 325 360 returns 81 003 52 AmEndBal period PV FV 1 PMT N P Y C Y B round Returns the ending principal balance of the given period This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 round decimal places to rou
89. second data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Freq 2 frequency list for the second data set Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are meant not equal mean2 meant gt mean2 or meani lt mean2 Mean x1 first sample mean Sx1 first sample standard deviation Mean x2 second sample mean Sx2 second sample standard deviation Z Z test statistic p value probability value or observed significance level of the test Graphing 2 Sample ZTest Input Data Data l zeta Col 1 Data 2 zeta Col 2 sessssssdeosse Hypothesis mean 1 gt mean 2 Mean x1 68 23076923077 Std Dev p1 18 Std Dev p2 16 Freq 1 1 Of Each Sx1 18 65991178147 2 n1 number of observations in the first data set Must be an integer greater than 1 n2 number of observations in the second data set Must be an integer greater than 1 To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of the standard normal distribution Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Std Dev p1 18 Std Dev p2 16 Data 1 59 73 74 61 92 60 84 54 73 47 102 75 33 Freq 1 1 Of Each Data 2 71 63 40 34
90. selected column s position with one below F Entry Line the enter line appears when a cell is selected either as pictured above if the keyboard is visible or at the bottom of the screen if the keyboard is hidden Enter data on the entry line To evaluate the entry and store that data in the cell move to another cell or select the enter button G Keypad keypad for easy entry The keypad may not be tapped unless a cell is selected f x displays the list of functions organized by category This is the same as the main calculator s list except category MEM is added memory store recall and clear options Select ENT to evaluate the data and move to the next cell See the appropriate Input Modes section for more on which functions are available in each mode See the Memory amp Storage Memory Locations section for more on recall and store H Buttons select Done to save changes and leave the matrix editor Select Keypad to show or hide the keypad Hiding the keypad shows more of the matrix Select Goto to go to a specific cell I Expand Contract Buttons select the button to see more columns on the screen at one time and button to see less columns on the screen at one time J Menu select New to create a new matrix Select Details to see the name and row column information about the current matrix Select Preferences to see a list of matrix editor preferences These preferences are the same as those outlined in the
91. selecting the two points on the display Choose the two points by selecting down on the first point dragging the cursor to the second point and releasing Calculate by selecting the Integral button Inflection finds the inflection point where the second derivative is 0 Draw a box around the portion of the display to analyze Draw a box by clicking in the top left hand corner dragging to the lower right hand corner and releasing Minimum finds the minimum point of the equation Draw a box around the portion of the display to analyze Draw a box by clicking in the top left hand corner dragging to the lower right hand corner and releasing Maximum finds the maximum point of the equation Draw a box around the portion of the display to analyze Draw a box by clicking in the top left hand corner dragging to the lower right hand corner and releasing Distance finds the straight line distance between two points Enter the points manually or by selecting the two points on the display Choose the two points by selecting down on the first point dragging the cursor to the second point and releasing Arc finds the distance along the curve between two points Enter the points manually or by selecting the two points on the display Choose the two points by selecting down on the first point dragging the cursor to the second point and releasing Calculate by selecting the Arc button Tangent displays a tangent line and evaluates the slope
92. set to Radians sec 30 returns 1 1547 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 0 5236 sec returns 1 1547 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 30 sec returns 1 1547 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 138 4 9 2 Semi Colon semi colon Used to separate arguments in function calls complex number definitions and table matrix elements Data Types complex table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 1 2 3 separate rows in table 1 2 3 root y x separate the y and x variables in the root function call 4 9 3 Sequence Evaluation seq expression variable begin end Returns list of floating point numbers derived by evaluating the expression with regard to variable e expression expression to evaluate Must be in quotations e variable variable within the expression to evaluate Must be in quotations e begin point to start incrementing e end point to stop incrementing Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples seq a 2 a 1 5 returns 2 4 6 8 10 or 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 seq expression variable begin end step Returns list of floating point numbers derived by evaluating the expression with regard to variable Same as above except e step how often to evaluate between begin and end If end gt begin
93. should be visible Calculate Distance 7 Leave Velocity1 as 0 8 Enter 30 m s for VelocityO e select 0 next to VelocityO e enter 30 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 9 Enter 5 m s for acceleration e select 0 next to Accelrtn e enter 5 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 10 Calculate the distance e select the button on the same line as Distance e the car will stop after 90 meters For more on formatting variables see the Templates Using the Templates Variable Preferences section This template and others are available for free download from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph 6 6 4 3 Home Loan This example demonstrates use of the financial functions This template requires the Finance Library The finance library is installed if the function list shows the category finance at the bottom If it does not appear reinstall the finance library The Example The equation for calculating a mortgage is Payment tvmpmt Years 12 IntRate Mortgage 0 12 12 0 where Payment is the monthly house payment Years is the number of years to pay off the loan multiply by 12 to get total number of periods IntRate is the rate entered as a percentage 4 instead of 04 Mortgage is the loan amount 0 12 12 0 are constants included in the function call These are added to simplify data entry The first O assumes the
94. step must be negative This is optional If step is not included default is 1 If there are not an exact number of increments in the range then the last value calculated will be just before the end value Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode seq a 2 a 1 11 3 returns 1 16 49 100 or 1 2 4 2 7 2 10 2 e RPN Input Mode a 2 ENT a ENT 1 ENT 5 ENT 1 seq returns 2 4 6 8 10 a 2 ENT a ENT 1 ENT 11 ENT 3 seq returns 1 16 49 100 or 1 2 4 2 7 2 and 10 2 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 139 powerOne Graph 4 9 4 Shift Left value lt lt numbits Returns result of shifting value to the left by numbits Data Types integer table matrix Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 110101 b lt lt 1 returns 1101010 b 13 d 1 returns 26 d 5 6 7 8 lt lt 1 returns 10 12 14 16 all in decimal base e RPN Input Mode 110101 b ENT 1 lt lt b returns 1101010 b 13 d ENT 1 lt lt returns 26 d 5 6 7 8 ENT 1 lt lt returns 10 12 14 16 all in decimal base 4 9 5 Shift Right value numbits Returns result of shifting value to the right by numbits Data Types integer table matrix Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 110101 b 1 returns 11010 b 13 d 1 returns 6 d 5 6 7 8 gt gt 1
95. tanh 1 returns 0 7616 e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 1 tanh returns 0 7616 4 6 I N This section covers functions beginning with the letters through N 4 6 1 Identity identity dimension Returns the identity matrix of dimension rows x columns Data Types matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode identity 3 returns 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 e RPN Input Mode 3 identity returns 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 4 6 2 If if boolean expressionA expressionB If boolean is true evaluate expressionA otherwise evaluate expressionB See the Templates Creating Templates 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 96 section for more information Category bool Input Modes algebraic also available when creating templates Examples if A gt 0 100 A 0 returns 100 divided by A if A is greater than O true or 0 if it is equal to or less than 0 false 4 6 3 Integer Part iPart value Returns integer whole number part of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode ipart 5 returns 5 ipart 5 25 returns 5 ipart b 1 4142 returns 5 1 ipart 1 56 2 89 3 45 4 73 returns 1 2 3 4 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 iPart returns 5 5 25 iPart
96. the currently visible matrix Matrix Sie zeta A Select it to show a list of other created matrices Switch to an B H H 1 alternative matrix by selecting its name from the list C D B Column Header the number of the column Select a column E header for a list of options c e Insert insert a column before the selected one e Delete delete the selected column F e Clear clear the contents of the selected column but does not delete it I TDs EE Move Left swap the selected column s position with the one BREE x G ater eo 3 Move Right swap the selected column s position with the one to the right a tT O BU H Done Keypad Goto HACH C Scroll Bars to see additional rows or columns move the appropriate scroll bar The scroll bar s only appear if there is more than one page of columns or rows See Expand Contract Buttons H to show more or less data on the screen at one time D Cell select a cell to edit its contents Each cell is referenced by row column coordinates In this case the highlighted cell is 2 1 Enter data on the entry line F E Row Header the number of the row Select a row header for a list of options Insert insert a row before the selected one Delete delete the selected row Clear clear the contents of the selected row but does not delete it Move Up swap the selected column s position with the one above Move Down swap the
97. the screen Adjust the Display 14 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 15 Choose Best Fit e the screen adjusts to show the plotted points e best fit repositions the graph so the appropriate data is visible Trace 16 Select Analysis at bottom of the Graph display 17 Choose Trace Eval from the list r e 25 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis Graph v Unfiled area 12 596 at each the top and bottom When Zoom Best Fit is chosen the window is drawn to accommodate the clipped area Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button cross hairs A in the picture draw at the currently evaluated point which in this case is shown as n 6 D e the current equation B is displayed This is the equation being analyzed If there is more than one equation drawn at the same time choose the equation and select another graph to analyze Equations u v and w from the same sequence graph count as a single equation for evaluation purposes D the u value E is evaluated In this case u is 12 If v and or w equations are also designated those values will display as well 18 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows C em Briefs A Multiple Equations in a Sequence Equation useful for evaluating relationships between equations whether those equations are dependent or independent of each other e go to My Graphs select the desired graph u n 2 n A list of optio
98. value Returns degrees equivalent of value radians Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode degrees 2 pi returns 360 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 2 pi degrees returns 360 e RPN Input Mode 2 ENT pi degrees returns 360 4 8 2 Random Binomial Test RandBin n p Returns a random integer which simulates the number of successful results of a binomial test with n trials and probability p of success on each trial This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e n the number of trials between 0 and n Must be an integer number greater than 0 e p the probability of success Must be a floating point number between 0 and 1 Category prob Input Modes algebraic 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 128 Examples RandBin 10 0 2 returns a random integer between 0 and 10 RandBin n p numsimulations Same as above except returns a list of random integers e numsimulations number of times to repeat the simulation Must be an integer greater than 0 if entered Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode RandBin 50 0 4 10 returns list of 10 random integers each with a value between 0 and 50 e RPN Input Mode 50 ENT 4 ENT 1 randBin returns list of 10 random integers each with a value between 0 and 50 50 ENT 4
99. value of an unknown population mean Mean p based on a random sample from a normal population with unknown standard deviation The null hypothesis is that Mean p Mean Po for a specified value of Mean Po The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data Variables Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate values Mean Po the hypothesized value of the population mean e Data data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Frequency frequency list for the data set Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are Mean p not equal Mean Po Mean p Mean Po or Mean p Mean Po Mean X sample mean of x values e Sx sample standard deviation of x values Must be a positive integer or floating point number n number of observations in the data set Must be a positive integer number e t t test statistic p value probability value or observed significance level of the test Graphing To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of a t distribution Example Given the following data
100. vector or table list but none was provided Invalid array dimensions a problem with the table or matrix dimensions when working with certain math functions e g determinant when dimensions are not square or data and frequency lists with different lengths Invalid data type a function cannot use a passed data type e g using a complex number for greatest common divisor Iteration limit exceeded the solver has a cap on how long it will try to find an answer This error is returned if that limit is exceeded Matrix is singular special matrix case that cannot be calculated e g det 1 2 3 2 4 6 3 2 1 Memory access error general memory problem or the device ran out of memory Missing quotation marks are required but missing Missing left delimiter missing Missing or invalid operand equation not completed or not enough items on the stack Missing right delimiter missing Not a number no valid response can be determined Not enough arguments function call missing all or some of its arguments e g sin without sending a value Operand out of range a value is entered that is outside the value limits of 1e308 Too many arguments function call with too many arguments e g sin 2 3 when sin requires one argument Too many nested operations more that 64 nested parentheses brackets or braces Unexpected list separator parentheses braces or brackets may be missing from a list Unknown function
101. view window Dec Setting v 2 Disp Mode DOA Sci Eng Disp Mode a E Justified ETIN Right Display numbers in normal scientific or engineering notation This is hidden for lists tables dates and times Visible 4 Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper x or if the number is too large or too small to display all places in scientific Global apr notation Scientific mode displays numbers in 3 45e67 format The Range number of places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal setting Engineering mode uses the decimal setting to determine a number of displayed significant digits and then adjusts the exponent to Max 1E300 be a multiple of 3 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the decimal setting RAM Set RI This is hidden for lists tables dates and times Min 1E300 Justified Show the variable s data left or right justified within the template Visible If checked the variable and its data will be visible in the template otherwise it will be hidden from view A variable that is hidden will not be recalculated even if Auto Compute is checked It will also not be cleared if the Clear button is selected Global If checked global allows the variable s data to be shared with other templates The equation variable which may be different than the variable s label is listed next to the Global checkbox For this variable to be shared with
102. x and y Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic Examples 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions theta 5 4 returns 0 6747 when Trig Mode set to radians theta 3 4 5 6 1 2 7 8 returns 0 3217 0 4636 0 9505 0 92729 when Trig Mode set to radians theta 5 4 returns 38 6598 when Trig Mode set to degrees 132 theta 3 4 5 6 1 2 7 8 returns 18 4349 26 5651 54 4623 53 1301 when Trig Mode set to degrees theta value Returns the polar angle of a complex number Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode theta 5 1 4142 returns 0 2756 when Trig Mode Preferences set to radians theta 5 1 4142 returns 15 7930 when Trig Mode Preferences set to degrees e RPN Input Mode b 1 4142 theta returns 0 2756 when Trig Mode Preferences set to radians b 1 4142 theta returns 15 7930 when Trig Mode Preferences set to degrees 4 8 10 Rectangular Convert To toRect value Returns a complex number in rectangular format from value Data Types boolean integer floating point complex table matrix Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode toRect 15 5 returns 15 5 0 0 toRect 25 930 returns 3 8563 24 7008 toRect 1 2
103. 00 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 DepSLBV returns 133 208 33 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 DepSLDA returns 6 500 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 DepSLDV returns 113 208 33 4 9 21 Student t Cumulative Distribution tCDF lower upper df Returns the Student t distribution cumulative probability between the specified lower and upper bounds for the given degrees of freedom This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e lower lower boundary Must be an integer or floating point number lt upper e upper upper boundary Must be an integer or floating point number lower e df degrees of freedom Must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tCDF 1 2 5 returns 7 674e 1 e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 2 ENT 5 tCDF returns 7 674e 1 4 9 22 Student t Probability Distribution tPDF x df Returns the probability density function pdf for the Student t distribution at the specified value with the given degrees of freedom This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e X value to analyze Must be an integer or floating point number e df degrees of freedom Must be an integer gt 0 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 149 powerOneG Graph Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tPDF 2 5 returns 6 509e 2 e RPN Input Mode 2 ENT 5 tPDF returns 6 509e 2 4 9 23 Sub List sublist
104. 000000 amp amp Netlncome lt 5000000 BasePay 02 BasePay 04 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 256 where e NetPay is the final monthly net pay including base pay and profit sharing e BasePay is the monthly base pay e Netlncome is the net income earned by the company The format for if statements is if conditional true do this otherwise do this To break down the equation e The first if statement says if net income is less than or equal to lt 1 000 000 add 0 otherwise do the second if statement e The second if statement says if net income is greater than 1 000 000 and amp amp net income is less than or equal to lt 5 000 000 then add in 2 of the base pay If it doesn t meet this condition than net income must be larger since we took care of all other conditions Add in 496 of base pay instead e Note that nested if statements read from left to right If the first criteria is true the solver will not continue to the false statement Because of that the formula could be written as NetPay BasePay if Netlncome lt 1000000 0 if Netlncome lt 5000000 BasePay 02 BasePay 04 leaving out Netlncome gt 1000000 amp amp in the second nested if statement Creating the Template 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The
105. 08146 0 40951 1 BinomCDF n p x Same as above except it returns the cumulative probability for the supplied value of x e X a given data point must be an integer gt 0 and lt n Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode BinomCDF 5 0 9 3 returns 0 0815 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 0 9 ENT 3 BinomCDF returns 0 0815 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 61 powerOne Graph 4 2 20 Binomial Probability Distribution BinomPDF n p Returns a list of floating point numbers containing the probability of observing successes x 0 to n using a binomial method This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e n number of trials must be an integer gt 0 e p probability of success must be such that 0 lt p lt 1 Category distr Input Modes algebraic Examples BinomPDF 5 9 returns table 0 00001 0 00045 0 0081 0 0729 0 32805 59049 BinomPDF n p x Same as above except that it returns the probability for the supplied value of x e X a given data point must be an integer 0 and n Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode BinomPDF 5 0 9 3 returns 0 0729 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 0 9 ENT 3 BinomPDF returns 0 0729 4 2 21 Bond Accrued Interest BondA SD MD C Y CR Returns the accumulated interest of a bond This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed SD settlement date
106. 1 1752 asinh returns 1 e RPN Input Mode 1 1752 asinh returns 1 4 5 18 Hyperbolic Arc Tangent atanh value Returns hyperbolic arc tangent of value Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode atanh 0 7616 returns 1 e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 0 7616 atanh returns 1 4 5 19 Hyperbolic Cosine cosh value Returns hyperbolic cosine of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode cosh 5 returns 74 2099 e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 cosh returns 74 2099 4 5 20 Hyperbolic Sine sinh value Returns hyperbolic sine of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain 94 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 95 powerOne Graph Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sinh 1 returns 1 1752 e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 1 sinh returns 1 1752 4 5 21 Hyperbolic Tangent tanh value Returns hyperbolic tangent of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode
107. 1 b 4 1001 b returns 60 d 13 d 105 d returns 100 d 1 2 3 4 amp 5 6 7 8 returns 4 4 4 12 all in decimal base e RPN Input Mode 110101 b ENT 1001 b returns 60 d 13 d ENT 105 d returns 100 d 1 2 8 4 ENT 5 6 7 8 returns 4 4 4 12 all in decimal base 4 4 21 Exponent value E exponent Used to make value times 10 raised to exponent where exponent is an integer whole number value 10exponent must lie between 1E 308 and 1E308 inclusive Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples 5E3 equivalent to 5000 314 E 2 equivalent to 3 14 4 4 22 Exponential exp value Returns e raised to the value power Data Types integer floating point complex table Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode e 4 returns 54 5982 e 6 85 returns 943 8809 e 4 1 7321 returns 8 7687 53 8894 e 2 3 4 returns 7 3891 20 855 54 5982 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 82 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 4 e returns 54 5982 6 85 e returns 943 8809 e RPN Input Mode 4 e returns 54 5982 6 85 e returns 943 8809 4 1 7321 e returns 8 7687 53 8894 2 3 4 e returns 7 3891 20 0855 54 5982 4 4 23 F Cumulative Distribution f
108. 142 146 145 146 9 10 146 10 20 146 201 217 42 15 18 146 146 31 22 31 147 149 149 149 140 201 217 150 151 151 151 151 10 146 Swap Rows Symbol Chart System Clipboard a T Confidence Interval One Sample T Cumulative Distribution T Interval T Probability Distribution T Test One Sample Table to Matrix Conversion Tables Editor Sharing Data tan Tangent tanh tCDF Technical Support Temperature Template Button Template List Template Notes Templates Accessing Add on Creating Included Interface Overview Preferences Types of Variable Data Theta Time Time Value of Money Tip Today tofloat tolnt Tolerance toMatrix Too many arguments Too many nested operations toPolar toRect toTable Total tPDF 152 44 32 235 148 235 148 236 152 26 35 42 26 26 153 153 95 148 264 237 192 194 192 192 199 250 199 194 196 195 153 35 39 238 240 239 153 83 96 24 152 263 263 122 132 102 153 148 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Index trans 154 Transpose 154 Z trig 43 Z Confidence Interval One 247 Trig Mode 5 10 15 18 20 196 Sample Trigonometry 43 Z Interval 247 T Test 236 Z Test One Sample 248 TVM 240 Zoom 170 tvmfv 86 Best Fit 170 tvmi 97 Box 170 tvmn 119 Center 170 tvmpmt 117 Default 170 tvmpv 124 In 170 U Out 170 E T Previous 170 Unary Op 5 20 Square 170 Undo 2 Stats 170 Unexpected list separator 263 Z Test 248 Unifo
109. 2 ENT 3 getCol returns 2 3 5 6 8 9 4 5 4 Get Date in Decimal Format getdate date Returns the date in dd mmyyyy format given date type date Data Types date table Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode getdate today returns today s date e g 1 082003 if today s date of 08 01 03 getdate adjDate 01 082003 15 returns 17 072003 e RPN Input Mode today getdate returns 1 082003 if today s date of 08 01 03 01 082003 ENT 15 ENT 0 ENT 0 adjDate getdate returns 17 072003 4 5 5 Get Hours in Decimal Format hrs value 88 Returns the time in decimal hours given a date type or time in hh mmssmmm format 3 5 decimal hours is 3 hrs 30 min Data Types integer floating point date table matrix Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode hrs today returns the current time e g 17 7989 given approximately 5 47 pm 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 89 powerOne Graph hrs 10 4830 returns 10 8083 e RPN Input Mode today hrs returns 17 7989 given approximately 5 47 pm 10 4830 hrs returns 10 8083 4 5 6 Get Hours in HH MMSS Format hms value Returns the time in hh mmssmmm format given a date type or the time in decimal hours 3 5 decimal hours is 3 hrs 30 min Data Types integer floating point date table matrix Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e A
110. 3 4 5 ENT 1 mean returns 3 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 mean returns 3 4545 4 6 20 Median median datalist Returns the median of a list or vector e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples median 1 2 3 4 5 returns 3 median datalist occlist 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 105 powerOne Graph Same as above except e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode median 1 2 3 4 5 1 returns 3 median 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 median returns 3 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 median returns 4 4 6 21 Memory MEM There are memory locations available for storing and recalling data Often these locations are grouped under MEM Selecting MEM displays a list of functions e STO Store select to store an item to memory e RCL Recall select to recall an item from memory e Clear select to clear the memory locations See the Using the Calculator Memory amp Storage Memory
111. 4 9 26 Sum of x Squared sumX2 datalist Returns the sum of the squares of the values in the list datalist e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples sumX2 1 2 3 4 5 returns 55 sumX2 datalist occlist Same as above except e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sumX2 1 2 3 4 5 1 returns 55 sumX2 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 300 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 sumx2 returns 55 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 sumX2 returns 300 4 9 27 Summation sumX datalist Returns the sum of the values in the list datalist occlist is an optional argument that can contain a list of occurences corresponding to the values in datalist e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples sumX 1 2 3 4 5 returns 15 sumX datalist occlist 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 152 Same as above except e occlist a lis
112. 66 or 1 2 4 2 7 2 10 2 e RPN Input Mode a 1 ENT a ENT 1 ENT 5 ENT 1 sigma returns 15 a 2 ENT a ENT 1 ENT 11 ENT 3 sigma returns 166 or 1 2 4 2 7 2 10 2 4 9 8 Sign sign value Returns 1 if value is less than 0 0 if value is 0 or 1 otherwise Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sign 5 67 returns 1 sign 0 returns 0 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 141 powerOne Graph sign 0 0001 9999 6 5 5 returns 1 1 0 1 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 67 sign returns 1 5 sign returns 1 e RPN Input Mode 5 67 ENT sign returns 1 0 sign returns 0 0 0001 9999 0 5 sign returns 1 1 0 1 Either inserts a negative sign algebraic and RPN input modes or changes the sign of the value in the view window order of operations and chain input modes This software does not differentiate between negate sign and subtract in algebraic and RPN input modes 4 9 9 Sine sin value Returns sine of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sin 30 returns 0 9880 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians sin 30 returns 0 5 when Trig Mode Preferenc
113. 9 p hat1 proportion of successes in the first sample Upper Limit 6 2832 186488E 2 p hat2 proportion of successes in the second sample Lower Limit lower z confidence limit for the difference p1 p2 Upper Limit upper z confidence limit for the difference p1 p2 Example Given the following data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 206 Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values x1 25 ni 50 x2 30 n2 50 Conf Level 90 Select in the p hat1 row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Calculated p hat1 0 5 p hat2 0 6 Lower Limit 0 2628 Upper Limit 6 2832e 2 6 5 2 2 2 Proportion Z Test This template is for 2 proportion z tests about the equality of population proportions It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template tests the equality of two population proportions p1 and p2 based on independent random samples The null hypothesis is Ho p1 p2 0 or equivalently Ho p1 p2 Variables o 2 Prop ZTest e X1 count of successes in the first sample Must be a positive integer less than n1 x1 25 e n1 count of observations in the first sampl
114. B Returns the net uniform series of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfoNUS 12 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 0 returns 1 290 00 CfoNUS 12 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 1 returns 1 151 78 e RPN Input Mode 12 ENT 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 ENT 0 CfoNUS returns 1 290 00 12 ENT 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 ENT 1 CfoNUS returns 1 151 78 4 6 32 Nominal Interest Rate IntNom rate compoundingperiods Returns the nominal interest rate This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e rate effective annual interest rate Must be an integer or floating point number e compoundingperiods number of interest compounding periods per year Must be an integer or floating point number greater than or equal to 0 0 denotes continuous compounding Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode IntNom 7 360 returns 6 767 IntNom 7 0 returns 6 766 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 112 e RPN Input Mode 7 ENT 360 IntNom returns 6 767 4 6 33 Normal Cumulative Distribution NormalCDFr lower upper Returns the standard Normal cumulative distribution probability between the supplied lower and upper bounds This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e
115. B Status Indicators e Shift Indicator Standard Palm OS Graffiti shift indicator e Clear Clear serves two functions in this mode Selecting it once displays the clear indicator and clears only the number currently being entered Selecting it the second time clears the entire calculation If the status indicator clear appears the currently entered number has been cleared Deg Rad Whether calculator is in degrees or radians mode e Chain Currently in chain input mode e 0 parentheses indicator The number in the middle shows the number of left parentheses that are still open i e do not have a closing right parenthesis 1 2 4 2 Preferences The following preferences are available in chain input mode See the Using the Calculator Preferences section for more information e Decimal Setting float or 0 through 11 e Display Mode normal scientific or engineering notation 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 19 powerOne Graph e Trig Mode degrees or radians 1 2 4 3 Functions Different input modes offer different functions This lists the available functions for chain input mode To learn how to see a complete list of functions organized by category see the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section To learn more about an individual function see the Functions section math 1 x log y x 10 mod y
116. B or valueC Since valueA is not included in any calculations setting valueA valueA offers valueA for calculation but does not use it in the calculation itself 4 9 14 Sort Ascending sortA struct Returns a structure with all elements in struct sorted in ascending order Data Types table matrix 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 144 Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sortA 6 8 2 1 9 4 7 3 5 returns 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 or 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 sortA 3 4 3 1 returns 1 3 3 4 or 1 3 3 4 e RPN Input Mode HP48 Enter Mode Preference setting 6 8 2 1 9 4 7 3 5 sortA returns 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 or 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 3 1 sortA returns 4 3 3 1 or A oC C 4 9 15 Sort Descending sortD struct Returns a structure with all elements in struct sorted in descending order Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sortD 6 8 2 1 9 4 7 3 5 returns 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 or 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 145 powerOneG Graph sortD 3 4 3 1 returns 1 3 3 4 or E 3 3 1 e
117. C Cell select a cell to edit its contents Each cell is referenced by row column coordinates In this case the highlighted cell is 8 4 Use the pop up calculator to enter data into the table select checkmark to save or x to cancel See the Templates Using Templates Data Entry section for more information on the pop up calculator D Scroll Bars to see additional rows or columns move the appropriate scroll bar The scroll bar s only appear if there is more than one page of columns or rows See Expand Contract Buttons G to show more or less data on the screen at one time E New Row select to enter a new data point at that row This will create a new row pushing to the next row F Buttons select OK to save changes and Cancel to delete changes and leave the table editor Select Clear to clear the contents of the entire table G Expand Contract Buttons select the button to see more columns on the screen at one time and button to see fewer columns on the screen at one time H Menu select Import to import data into the table editor or Export Beam to export or beam data from the table editor See Sharing Data below for more information Select Notes to enter notes about the table New Edit Tables from Entry Line In algebraic and RPN input modes a new table can be created on the entry line To create a table in algebraic input mode enter the name followed by equals followed by the table To create a
118. CDF lower upper ndf ddf Returns the probability that a random variable which follows an F distribution is between lower and upper for the specified degrees of freedom numerator and denominator This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e lower lower boundary Must be an integer or floating point number lt upper and gt 0 e upper upper boundary Must be an integer or floating point number lower e ndf degrees of freedom numerator Must be an integer gt 0 e ddf degrees of freedom denominator Must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode fCDF 0 5 0 75 3 4 returns 0 1256 e RPN Input Mode 0 5 ENT 0 75 ENT 3 ENT 4 fCDF returns 0 1256 4 4 24 F Probability Distribution fPDF x ndf ddf Returns the probability density function pdf for the F distribution at a specified x value for the specified degrees of freedom numerator and denominator This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e x value to analyze Must be an integer gt 0 e ndf degrees of freedom numerator Must be an integer gt 0 e ddf degrees of freedom denominator Must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode fPDF 5 2 3 returns 2 558e 2 e RPN Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 83 powerOne Graph 5 ENT 2 ENT 3 fPDF returns 2 558e 2 4 4 25 Factorial
119. CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoNFV 12 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 4 352 96 CfoNFV I CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfoNFV 12 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 4 352 96 e RPN Input Mode 12 ENT 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoNFV returns 4 352 96 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 110 4 6 30 Net Present Value CfoNPV I CFAmntList Returns the net present value of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e 1 periodic interest rate as a percentage e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoNPV 12 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 3 098 35 CfoNPV I CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfoNPV 12 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 3 098 35 e RPN Input Mode 12 ENT 5000 4000
120. C_h hexadecimal 23 d 101_b returns 01C_h hexadecimal 0A5 5F d returns 260 d decimal See the Functions section for additional information on each function 3 2 Boolean See Types of Data Boolean for a detailed definition Boolean values available in algebraic and RPN input modes can be used in many functions and operands that uses integers The following functions are commonly used specifically with Boolean values category in bold 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Subject Areas 38 bool Ix lt gt amp amp ll gt THE lt if gt choose Examples 3 5 lt 5 returns true 3 5 gt 5 returns false if 5 lt x 25 75 returns 25 if 5 is less than or equal to x otherwise it returns 75 if x gt 3 amp amp x lt 15 0 20 returns 0 if x is greater than 3 and less than 15 otherwise it returns 20 See the Functions section for additional information on each function 3 3 Calculus The following functions are commonly used in Calculus mathematics category in bold calc X fnint p fMax nDeriv fMin nDeriv2 See the Functions section for additional information on each function 3 4 Complex Numbers See Types of Data Complex Numbers for a detailed definition The following functions are commonly used with complex numbers category in bold cmplx real theta conj toRect imag toPol
121. DDV det dim dms dot drop dup e EE ENTER fCDF fill floor fMax fMin fnint fPart fPDF gcd GeometCDF GeometPDF getCol getDate getltem getRow getTime Declining Balance Depreciation Declining Balance Crossover Depreciation Declining Balance Crossover Depreciation Declining Balance Crossover Depreciation Straight Line Depreciation Straight Line Depreciation Straight Line Depreciation Sum of the Year s Digits Depreciation Sum of the Year s Digits Depreciation Sum of the Year s Digits Depreciation Determinant Dimension Degrees to DMS Conversion Dot Product Stack Stack Exponential Exponent Enter F Cumulative Distribution Fill Floor Maximum Function Minimum Function Integral Fractional Part F Probability Distribution Greatest Common Denominator Geometric Cumulative Distribution Geometric Probability Distribution Get Column Get Date in Decimal Format Get Item Get Row Get Time in Decimal Format 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions history HMS HRS i identity if imag IntEff IntNorm invNorm iPart last lcm In log makeDate max mean median MEM min mod move nCr nDeriv nDeriv2 nDist norm NormalCDF NormalPDF normSDist nPr PoissonCDF PoissonPDF prod quartile1 quartile3 History Get Hours in HH MMSS Format Get Hours in Decimal Format Complex Number Constant Identity If Polar to Rectangula
122. Data Select New and choose Variables for a new variable Select a variable from the My Data data list and choose Edit to edit a variable Tables and matrices use a different editor A Name variable s name The name consists of letters capital or lower case and optionally numbers 0 9 A name cannot start with a number Note that the name is case sensitive meaning that variable abc is different from variable ABC See the Appendix Restricted Data Names section for names that should not be used B Value variable s value Values can be entered either as a number e g 3 5 or 101 b or 8 4 or as an expression e g 3 5 5 6 If entered as an expression it will be evaluated before storing For instance if 3 5 5 6 were entered that variable would be stored as 54 687 5 Name alpha Value 5 678 Constant O Type EEIN Vcr Gec 0 1 2 3 4 Rae i 1516171819 Ella Ges 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 24 C Constant Type type of data to store For variables the Constants checkbox is unchecked and Type is set to Variable D Keypad keypad for easy entry RCL displays the memory location list f x displays the list of functions organized by category This is the same as the main calculator s list except category MEM is added memory store recall and clear options See the appropriate Input Modes section for more on which functions are available in each mod
123. ENT 10 randBin rreturns list of 10 random integers each with a value between 0 and 50 4 8 3 Random Integer randint lower upper Returns a random integer from a discrete uniform distribution with the specified bounds lower lt random number lt upper e lower lower limit for the random integer Must be an integer e upper upper limit for the random integer Must be an integer larger than lower Category prob Input Modes algebraic Examples randInt 2 4 returns single random integer between 2 and 4 randint lower upper numsimulations Same as above except returns a list of random integers e numsimulations number of times to repeat the simulation Must be an integer greater than 0 if entered Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode randlInt 1 10 5 returns list of 5 random integers each with a value between 1 and 10 e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 10 ENT 1 randint returns single random number where 1 lt number lt 10 1 ENT 10 ENT 5 randint returns list of 5 random numbers where 1 lt list lt 10 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 129 powerOneG Graph 4 8 4 Random Normal randNorm mean stddev Returns a random floating point number which is a possible value for x in the Normal distribution that has the given parameters The result will be weighted by the distribution hence most results will lie in the interval mean 3 stddev to mean 3 stddev This
124. For example 8 25 Periods Yr 12 interest should be entered as 8 25 Cmpnds Yr 12 Periods number of total periods This number is the number of years and months times the periods per year For example if the loan is 4 years with 12 payments per year monthly payments periods should be 48 4 x 12 Periods Yr the number of payment periods per year For example if payments are made quarterly periods per year should be 4 Cmpnds Yr the number of interest compounding periods per year Most of the time compounding periods per year should equal payment periods per year For example if payments are made monthly and interest is compounded monthly compounding periods per year and periods per year should both be 12 Buttons e XPY quick set button for the number of periods This button multiplies the value in periods by the value in periods per year For example to convert 10 years at 12 periods per year to periods enter 10 in period s 12 in periods per year and select xPY e PY quick set button for the number of periods This button divides the value in periods by the value in periods per year For example if periods is 60 with periods per year equal to 12 discovering that it is equal to five years can be done easily by selecting PY Examples Car Loan When purchasing a new car the auto dealer has offered a 12 5 interest rate over 36 months on a 7 500 loan What will be the monthly payment Variable
125. Graph 4 3 8 Combinations nCr n r Returns the number of combinations of n taken r at a time n r must be integer values where r lt n 0 2n r lt 170 Returned values correspond to n r n r Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode nCr 8 3 returns 56 nCr 10 11 12 2 returns 45 55 66 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 8 nCr 3 returns 56 e RPN Input Mode 8 ENT 3 nCr returns 56 10 11 12 ENT 2 nCr returns 45 55 66 4 3 9 Complex Number Constant i The complex number constant which is equivalent to 0 1 Used to denote complex numbers in rectangular format See the Types of Data Complex Numbers section for additional information Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN 4 3 10 Condition cond squarematrix Returns the matrix s condition from H a Di cnorm squarematrix cnorm squarematrix which indicates how well the matrix is likely to behave in matrix operations The closer the condition to 1 the better behaved the matrix Data Types matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode cond 1 2 3 4 returns 21 cond 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 returns 1 e RPN Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 68 1 2
126. M problem Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tvmfv 600 2 5 10000 200 12 12 0 returns 273 495 59 e RPN Input Mode 600 ENT 2 5 ENT 10000 ENT 200 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 tvmfv returns 273 495 59 4 5 G H This section covers functions beginning with the letters G through H 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 87 powerOne Graph 4 5 1 Geometric Cumulative Distribution GeometCDF p x Returns a cumulative probability at x for the discrete geometric distribution with probability of success p which is the probability that the first success occurs on or before the x trial This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e p probability of success Must be an integer or floating point number gt 0 and lt 1 e x number of trials Must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode GeometCDF 0 2 10 returns 0 8926 e RPN Input Mode 0 2 ENT 10 GeometCDF
127. Me Mi a new one specifying the frequencies with Std Dev X s 11 31291928978 Mean X 11 375 which each observation occurs The default frequencies are 1 of Std Dev X p 10 58226700665 aon Var X s 127 9821428571 e Occ common number of observations in the two data sets x data 2 with frequency and y data with frequency must have the same Var X p 111 984375 occurrences Sum X 91 Mean X mean of x values Std Dev X s sample standard deviation of x values commonly denoted s Std Dev X p population standard deviation of x values commonly denoted o Var X s sample variance of x values commonly denoted s Var X p population variance of x values commonly denoted o Sum X sum of x values Sum X sum of squared x values Min X minimum x value Max X maximum x value Range X difference between x minimum and maximum values Mean Y mean of y values Std Dev Y s sample standard deviation of y values commonly denoted s Std Dev Y p population standard deviation of y values commonly denoted o Var Y s sample variance of y values commonly denoted s Var Y p population variance of y values commonly denoted o Sum Y sum of y values Sum Y sum of squared y values Min Y minimum y value Max Y maximum y value Range Y difference between minimum and maximum y values Sum XY sum of x times y values Graphing To graph the statistics select the Graph button The graph is
128. Modes algebraic Examples CfoTot 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 5 000 CfoTot CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfoTot 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 5 000 e RPN Input Mode 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoTot returns 5 000 4 10 6 Transpose trans matrix Returns a table matrix in which each cell is swapped with the corresponding cell Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode trans 1 2 8 4 returns 1 3 2 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 trans returns 1 3 2 4 4 10 7 Uniform Series Future Value usfv percent periods Returns the future value of a series of 1 00 payments This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e percent interest rate per compounding period expressed as a percentage e periods number of payments Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 155 powerOne Graph e Algebraic Input Mode usfv 5 360 returns 849 527 908 17 usfv 5 12 360 returns 832 26 usfv 8 0 returns 0 usfv 0 144 returns 144 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 360 usfv returns 20 00 5 ENT 360 usfv returns 849 527 908 17 4 10 8 Uniform Series Present Value uspv percent periods Returns the present value of a series of 1 00 payme
129. NT 0 ENT 2 ENT false AmSumint returns 8 949 87 4 2 7 Amortization Principal Paid AmSumPrn first last PV FV 1 PMT N Returns the summation of principal paid given a range of periods This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed first calculate starting with this period last calculate ending with this period PV present value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow FV future value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow I yearly interest rate expressed as a percentage PMT periodic payment amount Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e N total number of periods Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples AmSumPrn 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 returns 1 842 09 AmSumPrn first last PV FV 1 PMT N P Y C Y B round Returns the summation of principal paid given a range of periods This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 e round decimal places to round the end balance to as it calculates If not included is assumed to be 2
130. Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 asin returns 0 5236 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 5 asin returns 30 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 4 2 14 Arc Tangent atan value Returns arc tangent of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode atan 1 returns 0 7854 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians atan 1 returns 45 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 1 atan returns 0 7854 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 1 atan returns 45 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 59 powerOne Graph 4 2 15 Augment augment valueA valueB Horizontally concatenates two structures by adding additional columns provided they have the same number of rows valueA and valueB must be the same data type Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode augment 1 2 3 4 5 6 returns 1 4 2 5 8 6 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 ENT 4 5 6 augment returns 1 4 2 5 3 6 4 2 16 Backspace Moves backwards one space deleting the item before the cursor in algebraic and RPN input mode or the last entered num
131. RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode nDeriv x 2 x 3 0 001 returns 6 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 76 e RPN Input Mode x 2 ENT x ENT 3 ENT 0 001 nDeriv returns 6 4 4 10 Derivative Second nDeriv2 expression variable value Returns an approximate second numerical derivative of expression with respect to variable at value This function uses the tolerance constant e expression the expression to analyze Must be in quotations e variable the variable within the expression Must be in quotations e value point to evaluate Category calc Input Modes algebraic Examples nDeriv2 x 3 x 3 returns 18 nDeriv2 expression variable value e Same as above except with specified tolerance e e e tolerance If it is not included it defaults to 10 Category calc Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode nDeriv2 x 2 x 3 0 001 returns 18 e RPN Input Mode x 2 ENT x ENT 3 ENT 0 001 nDeriv returns 6 4 4 11 Determinant det matrix Returns the determinant of the matrix Data Types matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode det matrixA returns 2 where matrixA is 1 2 3 4 det 5 11 22 28 returns 102 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 det returns 2 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 77 powerOne Graph 5 11 22
132. Root 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions stack stdDev stdDevP STO Store subList sumX sumX2 swap tan tanh tCDF theta toBool today toFloat tolnt toMatrix toPolar toRect toTable tPDF trans TvmFV Tvml TvmN TvmPmt TvmPV USFV USPV variance varianceP weekDay xth root X y Stack Standard Deviation Standard Deviation Memory Memory Sub List Summation Sum of x Squared Stack Tangent Hyperbolic Tangent Student t Cumulative Distribution Rectangular to Polar Conversion Boolean Convert To Today Floating Point Convert To Integer Convert To Table to Matrix Conversion Polar Convert To Rectangular Convert To Matrix to Table Conversion Student t Probability Distribution Transpose Future Value Interest Rate Periods Payment Present Value Uniform Series Future Value Uniform Series Present Value Variance Variance Day of Week Multiplication Factorial Inverse Square Root Power 50 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 51 powerOne Graph available in an add on library only 4 2 A B This section covers functions beginning with the letters A through B 4 2 1 Absolute Value abs valueA Returns absolute value of valueA Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Exa
133. Select the Unfiled category 24 Select the Inflation template The Inflation template should be visible with 1 700 as the PresentVal 25 Enter 4 for inflation e select 0 00 next to Inflation e enter 4 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 26 Enter 30 years e select 0 00 next to Years e enter 30 in the pop up calculator using the keypad 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 262 e select the save v button 27 Calculate the future cash requirements for the same monthly expenses e select the button on the same line as FutureVal e the total monthly expenses are 5 513 78 For more on formatting variables see the Templates Using the Templates Variable Preferences section This template and others are available for free download from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 263 powerOneG Graph 7 T Appendix 1 Calculator Error Messages Algebraic and RPN Input Modes The following error messages may appear in algebraic and RPN input modes Common causes are also listed Infinity a value is calculated that is smaller than 1e308 Infinity a value is calculated that is greater than 16308 Can t bracket solution returned when solving and the solver cannot find an answer Division by 0 a value is divided by zero Empty data set the function requires a data set matrix
134. Using the Calculator Preferences section except Frac Mode fraction mode Choose Fraction to see the matrix elements as fractions choose Decimal to see the elements as floating point numbers or choose Mix Fraction Select Import to import data into the matrix editor or Export Beam to export or beam data from the matrix editor See Sharing Data below for more information Select Notes to enter notes about the table Select Notes to enter notes about the matrix Select Help for online help regarding the matrix editor 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 30 New Edit Matrices from Entry Line In algebraic and RPN input modes new matrices can be created on the entry line To create a matrix in algebraic input mode enter the name followed by equals followed by the matrix To create a matrix in RPN input mode enter the matrix followed by enter followed by the name and finally select the equals symbol The equals symbol can be found under the vars category in the function list Use brackets to group rows and columns For example to assign the matrix with elements 3 4 5 6 to the data item zeta enter the following on the entry line algebraic input mode zeta 3 4 5 6 RPN input mode 8 4 5 6 ENT zeta Note that if a function or variable is already defined as zeta it will be overwritten with this new definition Attempting to overwrite a constant will display a warning The
135. V DepSLBV DepDBSLDA DepSOYDDV CfoNUS IntNom TvmFV BondP DepSLDV DepDBSLBV CdoNPV CfoPbk SPFV Tvml BondY DepDBDA DepDBSLDV CfolRR CfoProf SPPV TvmN BondA DepDBBV DepSOYDDA CfoNFV CfoTot USFV TvmPmt DepSLDA DepDBDV DepSOYDBV CfoMIRR CfoCount See the Functions section for additional information on each function The following templates are commonly used with finance and business calculations category in bold Business Discount Markup Prec Change Sales Tax Tip TVM See the Templates Included Templates section for additional information on each template See Infinity Softworks web site for additional templates www infinitysw com graph 3 8 Fractions See Types of Data Fractions for a detailed definition Fractions available in algebraic and RPN input mode can be used in any function or with any operand that uses floating point numbers The following functions are commonly used specifically with fractions category in bold number frac mFrac Examples Each example assumes the base fraction mode is set to decimal See the appropriate Using the Calculator Input Modes section for more information on setting the base fraction mode 8 5 returns 0 6 7 2 returns 3 5 1 6 2 6 returns 0 5 0 8 frac returns 4 5 2 5 frac returns 5 2 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 41 powerOne Graph
136. Window Settings section for more on Zoom Scale Out zooms out on the selected point on the screen Zoom Out zooms Zoom Scale times as set in the Window settings screen Select a point in the graph window to reposition See the Graphing Window Settings section for more on Zoom Scale Box zooms to the specified area of the display Draw a box by clicking in the top left hand corner dragging to the lower right hand corner and releasing Square attempts to adjust the x and y maximum and minimum so the change of x is the same as the change of y 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 171 powerOne Graph e Best Fit calculates the best fit and changes the window coordinates appropriately Best Fit takes all graphs into consideration e Stats calculates the best fit for data graphs only changing the window coordinates appropriately This zoom mode ignores other graphs drawn at the same time focusing only on the data graph 5 6 Examples This section includes graph examples From time to time Infinity Softworks posts supplemental materials on its web site Check product support at www infinitysw com graph for additional examples 5 6 1 Function The Example This is an example to show basic features of function graphing This example uses the equation y 2 x What is covered Create a function graph Trace the curve Evaluate a point on the curve Zoom in on the graph Zoom a specific area with Box Zoom Move
137. a scatter plot of x y pairs Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Data X 1 0 7 12 4 14 25 30 Data Y 10 32 128 213 75 250 446 540 Frequency 1 Of Each Select in the Occ row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 219 powerOneG Graph Variable Calculated Occ 8 Mean X 11 375 Std Dev X s 11 3129 Std Dev X p 10 5823 Var X s 127 9821 Var X p 111 9844 Sum X 91 Sum X 1 931 Min X 1 Max X 30 Range X 31 Mean Y 211 75 Std Dev Y s 193 7648 Std Dev Y p 181 2503 Var Y s 37 544 7857 Var Y p 32 851 6875 Sum Y 1 694 Sum Y 621 518 Min Y 10 Max Y 540 Range Y 530 Sum XY 34 592 The graph would appear as follows 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 220 Templates Go i Analysis Zoom 6 5 3 A D This section covers included templates beginning with the letters A through D 6 5 3 1 ANOVA This template is for one way ANOVA tests It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This tem
138. aaa a aras E reae anaE aaaea aaar 137 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Contents VI E DER 137 I0 137 Eruen 138 EO ae ATELE o pee 138 Shift Left Shift Right Show Sigma Sign Sine Single Payment Future Value cirea ecards retta ci es etras pa ecesdueaucsceseerceattersteccoscntsedscerseedecest 141 Single Payment Present Valle ceni iieri eese rice e ra Lon mensa rececuescesscscevcocencestaseesenycecsdetsaceecese 142 Solve Solving ERI C clpgnim 143 Eaggh innpe 144 Square Square Root Stack Standard MS CIPIT Straight Line Depreciation mt Student t Cumulative DistribUtlOn 11 cerceeeeeceie e riter ra tot ra st cctessicsenseisececoszacycoustersucstescueecctaevecusnessi Student t Probability Distribution 1L eere crecer enin ee enr re rne en mann nn nnnm ann n annuam aa mm asma R idae tinaaa EASE iniaa og 0 E E E E E A A EE E EE TE SUBUACOM e E TT E A A E E Sum of the Year s Digits Depreciation e EIDIEpO
139. ach the top and bottom Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button Ea A e cross hairs A in the picture draw at the currently evaluated point the current equation B is displayed This is the equation being analyzed If there is more than one equation drawn at the same time choose the equation and select another 5 graph to analyze the x value D and y value E show the point designated by the cross hair s location D 12 To trace drag the cross hairs to another location or choose the left and right scroll arrows C 13 To evaluate select 0 next to x D enter 1 in the pop up calculator and select the checkmark to save e when underlined values can be changed like x When not underlined the value can be selected but it cannot be changed like y e the cross hairs A move to the new evaluated position e y E is the analyzed value and x y matches the same point as the cross hairs In this case y is 2 Adjust the Display with Zoom In 14 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 15 Choose Zoom In The Zoom buttons changes to Zoom In 16 Select the point that will become the new center point The new window is drawn zooming in the number of times designated by Zoom Scale in Window Setting See Graphing Window Settings for more information Adjust the Display with Zoom Box 17 Select Zoom In at the bottom of the Graph display 18 Choose Zoom Box The Zoom buttons
140. actual year 30 day OK Cancel month 360 day year actual 360 or actual 365 calendar Some templates OK Cancel allow for this change directly in the template itself Actual counts the actual number of days in a month and the total number of days in a year including leap years 30 360 treats all months as though they have 30 days and years as though they have 360 days Actual 360 counts the actual number of days in a month but treats years as though they have 360 days Actual 365 counts the actual number of days in a month but treats years as though they have 365 days These different day count methods are sometimes referred to as basis or day count basis and are frequently used in financial calculations Precision Some calculations require an iterative search for the answer e g TVM interest rates and take more than 1 second to calculate When this occurs a Computing dialog will appear Precision affects the time of the calculation Setting it to Full will calculate until full precision is reached Setting it to Standard will only calculate to the displayed decimal places Full precision takes longer to calculate but is more accurate than standard precision Auto Compute When auto compute is checked the application will automatically determine when the should be visible When a value is entered into the template a will appear next to any other variable that may be affected by the change When a value is recomput
141. added to rowB and stored in rowB Data Types table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode rowMA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5 2 3 returns 1 2 3 4 5 6 27 33 39 rowMA 1 2 3 4 4 3 4 returns 1 2 3 16 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ENT 5 ENT 2 ENT 3 rowMA returns 1 2 3 4 5 6 27 33 39 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 136 4 8 16 Row Addition rowA matrix rowA rowB Returns a matrix table with rowA of matrix added to rowB and stored in rowB Data Types table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode rowA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 3 returns 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 rowA 1 2 3 4 1 4 returns 1 2 3 5 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ENT 1 ENT 3 rowA returns 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 1 2 3 4 ENT 1 ENT 4 rowA returns 1 2 3 5 4 8 17 Row Multiplication rowM matrix value row Returns a matrix table with row of matrix multiplied by value and stored in row Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode rowM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5 2 returns 1 2 3 20 25 30 7 8
142. age e N total number of periods Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples tvmpmt 360 7 5 200000 0 returns 1 398 43 tvmpmt N 1 PV FV P Y C Y B Returns the periodic payment amount of a time value of money TVM problem Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 118 e C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tvmpmt 360 7 5 200000 0 12 12 0 returns 1 398 43 e RPN Input Mode 360 ENT 7 5 ENT 200000 ENT 0 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 tvmpmt returns 1 398 43 4 7 8 Percent value96 In general valueA returns the equvalent of valueA 100 When it is preceded by a value and a math operand the following occurs in each case value value 100 valueA valueB valueA valueA valueB 100 valueA valueB valueA valueA valueB 100 valueA valueB value A valueB 100 valueA valueB valueA valueB 100 Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Categor
143. alue Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode floor 4 5 returns 4 floor 4 5 returns 5 floor 15 2 22 8 25 89 9 returns 16 22 8 90 floor 5 1 4142 returns 5 1 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 4 5 floor returns 4 4 5 floor returns 5 e RPN Input Mode 4 5 floor returns 4 4 5 ENT floor returns 5 15 2 22 8 25 89 9 floor returns 16 22 8 90 5 1 4142 floor returns 5 1 4 4 29 Fraction Display As valuefrac Returns value as a fraction Data Types floating point Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 84 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 85 powerOne Graph 1 236frac returns 309 250 0 5 frac returns 1 2 1 3 4 gt frac returns 7 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 236 frac returns 309 250 4 4 30 Fractional Part fpart value Returns fractional part of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode fpart 5 returns 0 0 fpart 5 25 returns 25 fpart 5 1 4142 returns 0 0 0 4142 fpart 1 56 2 89 3 45 4 73 returns 0 56 0 89 0 45 0 73 e Order of Operations
144. an a cash outflow e PMT periodic payment amount Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e N total number of periods Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples tvmi 120 100000 0 150000 returns 4 06 tvmi N PV PMT FV P Y C Y B Returns the yearly interest rate of a time value of money TVM problem This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tvmi 120 100000 0 150000 12 12 0 returns 4 06 e RPN Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 98 120 ENT 100000 ENT 0 ENT 150000 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 tvmi returns 4 06 4 6 7 Internal Rate of Return CfoIRR CFAmntList Returns the internal rate of return of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes
145. ancel assumed Histogram draw one variable data in bar form When drawn x is the bin number and y is the number of data points that fit within that bin See the Preferences tab to set the number of bins or bin size and the minimum bin number It is possible to designate a frequency list if desired If no frequency list is designated 1 of each data point will be assumed Points on the edge of a bar are counted in the bar to the right Box Plot draws one variable data analyzing the median and quartile points The box is Q1 median Q3 from left to right with whiskers extending from the minimum point to Q1 and Q3 to the maximum point It is possible to designate a frequency list if desired If no frequency list is designated 1 of each data point will be assumed Box plots are drawn from top to bottom as displayed in My Graphs Modified Box Plot draws one variable data the same as box plot but ignores outlier data points These points are drawn separately Outlying data points are determined by taking 1 5 times the difference between Q3 and Q1 These are considered x points unless the point is the minimum or maximum point then it is labeled as such If the x point is not a minimum or a maximum then the whisker is labeled as x instead It is possible to designate a frequency list if desired If no frequency list is designated 1 of each data point will be assumed Modified box 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 165 powerOne Graph
146. and Chain Input Modes 5 fPart returns 0 0 5 25 fPart returns 0 25 e RPN Input Mode 5 fPart returns 0 0 5 25 fPart returns 0 25 b 1 4142 fPart returns 0 0 0 4142 1 56 2 89 8 45 4 73 fPart returns 0 56 0 89 0 45 0 73 4 4 31 Frobenius Norm norm matrix Returns the Frobenius norm of the matrix sqrt sum real 24imaginary 2 Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode norm 1 2 3 4 returns 5 4772 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 86 norm 1 2 3 4 5 returns 7 4162 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 norm returns 5 4772 1 2 3 4 5 norm returns 7 4162 4 4 32 Future Value tvmfv N 1 PV PMT Returns the future value of a time value of money TVM problem Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed PV present value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow PMT periodic payment amount Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow I yearly interest rate expressed as a percentage N total number of periods Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples tvmfv 600 2 5 10000 200 returns 273 495 59 tvmfv N 1 PV PMT P Y C Y B Returns the future value of a time value of money TV
147. and third quartiles powerOne Graph uses Tukey s method which includes the median in the quartile calculation This may be different on other calculators quartile3 datalist Returns the third quartile of a list or vector e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples quartile3 1 2 3 4 5 returns 4 quartile3 datalist occlist Same as above except e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode quartile3 1 2 3 4 5 1 returns 4 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 127 powerOne Graph quartile3 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 5 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 quartile3 returns 4 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 quartile3 returns 5 4 7 23 Quotation Marks Quotation marks are used to denote text strings Certain functions such as solving fnInt and nDeriv require text strings Category calc Input Modes algebraic RPN 4 8 R This section covers functions beginning with the letter R 4 8 1 Radians to Degrees Conversion degrees
148. another template the other template must contain the equation variable exactly as shown in the first template Range Range is available if the variable requires an iterative search to calculate its value The range is the maximum and minimum starting points for calculation The closer these are the faster and more accurately a value can be derived This is hidden when the variable does not need to be solved with an iterative process See Creating Templates How the Solver Works for more information 6 4 6 Sharing Templates amp Data Import and Export Beam options are available for different types of data graphs and templates This section discusses sharing templates and template data Export Beam Option 1 export beam templates e Select the template to share e Choose Export Beam from the list if the template can be shared If it cannot be shared this option does not appear Export Beam Options appears e Select the desired export beam option e Follow the on screen directions if any are required Option 2 export beam template data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 199 powerOneG Graph Open the template select the template and choose Use from the list Select Export Beam from the Options menu Select the desired export beam option Follow the on screen directions if any are required Five data export beam options come with the software e Export template to file save the selected graph in a fi
149. aphs are organized into categories When graphing only the selected equations within that category will be fren vunfied A graphed To change categories select the label and choose one from the list Note that the Unfiled and Templates categories cannot be deleted Templates is used as the category for B graphing from templates To rename or delete a category select the category name then the appropriate button There is Baas C 8 CECCO D Range min and max data points along the x axis and y axis To turn on off the axis see the Graphing Window Settings section no restriction on the number of categories that can be created B Grid grid pattern On color devices it appears the same asin p the picture above On black and white the grid is individual black data points To turn on off the grid see Graphing Window Settings C Axis axis designates the where x is 0 and y is 0 The x axis is horizontal while the y axis is vertical To turn on off the axis see the Graphing Window Settings section E Buttons select the Done button to return to the previous display Select the Go button to create a new graph go to My Graphs or go to Window Settings Select Analysis to perform analysis on the graph See the Analysis Modes section for more information Select Zoom to quickly change the window settings See the Zooming section for more information F Menus select About powerOne for
150. ar See the Functions section for additional information on each function 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 39 powerOne Graph 3 5 Dates amp Times See Types of Data Date for a detailed definition The following functions are commonly used with date and time mathematics category in bold date adjDate getDate adjTime getTime makeDate HRS weekDay HMS dDays today See the Functions section for additional information on each function The following templates are commonly used with data and time calculations category in bold Calendar Date Time See the Templates Included Templates section for additional information on each template See Infinity Softworks web site for additional templates www infinitysw com graph 3 6 Distribution The following functions are commonly used with distribution mathematics category in bold distr nDist PoissonCDF GeometCDF fCDF invNorm PoissonPDF GeometPDF fPDF BinomCDF NormalCDF tCDF chiCDF BinomPDF NormalPDF tPDF chiPDF See the Functions section for additional information on each function 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Subject Areas 3 7 Finance amp Business The following functions are commonly used with finance and business math category in bold 40 finance IntEff USPV TvmP
151. as a point instead The calculation for finding the first and third quartiles uses Tukey s method which includes the median This may differ from other calculators the current data graph F is displayed This is the data graph being analyzed If there is more than one data set drawn at the same time choose the data graph and select another graph to analyze F 24 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows G Graph Unfiled a a 5 6 10 Normal Probability Plot The Example This is an example to show basic features of normal probability graphing This example uses the following table 1 1 0 9 2 1 1 3 1 5 4 1 7 5 2 3 6 2 5 7 3 1 8 3 2 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 188 What is covered Create a table Create a normal probability graph Zoom using best fit Trace data points Other items discussed briefs e Changing the Axis Create a New Table 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Data button or choose powerOne then My Data The Data button is first to the left across the top of the main calculator My Data should be visible 3 Select New from the bottom of My Data 4 Choose Table from the list 5 Create the new table e for the name enter omicron e for the number of rows enter 8 e for the number of columns enter 1 6 Select OK The table editor should be vi
152. ata 2 second data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Conf Level 95 e Freq 2 frequency list for the second data set Select the label to Pooled No choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Mean x1 68 23076923077 e Conf Level confidence coefficient entered as a percentage 0 100 Sx1 18 65991178147 or as a decimal 0 1 n1 13 e Pooled whether to pool the variances or not yes no Mean x1 first sample mean Sx1 first sample standard deviation e n1 number of observations in the first data set Must be an integer greater than 1 e Mean x2 second sample mean e Sx2 second sample standard deviation e n2 number of observations in the second data set Must be an integer greater than 1 e Sx pooled the pooled standard deviation Appears if variances are pooled e Lower Limit lower t confidence limit for mean1 mean2 e Upper Limit upper t confidence limit for mean1 mean2 e df degrees of freedom Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Data 1 59 73 74 61 92 60 84 54 73 47 102 75 33 Freq 1 1 Of Each Data 2 71 63 40 34 38 48 60 75 47 41 44 86 53 Freq 2 1 Of Each Conf Level 95 Pooled Yes Choose from the list Select in the Mean x1 row to calculate may calculate automatically The
153. ate calculates a confidence interval for an unknown population mean Mean p based on a random sample from a population with known standard deviation The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 248 Variables z Interval e Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate valies Input Data Std Dev p population standard deviation Must be a positive integer Std Dev p 181 2 or floating point number e Data data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Frequency frequency list for the data set Select the label to choose Conf Level 90 a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Mean x 211 75 3 e Conf Level confidence coefficient entered as a percentage 0 100 x 193 7647690224 2 or as a decimal 0 1 ns e Mean x sample mean of x values Lower Limit 106 3743136014 e Sx sample standard deviation of x values Upper Limit 317 1256863986 3 e n number of observations in the data set Must be a positive integer number Lower Limit lower z confidence limit for Mean p e Upper Limit upper z confidence limit for Mean p
154. ate is a date type or a double containing the date in dd mmyyyy format Category date Input Modes algebraic Examples adjDate today 6 returns 7 26 03 3 15 pm given today s date of 08 01 03 at 3 15 in the afternoon adjDate today 2 5 returns 8 4 03 03 15 am given today s date of 08 01 03 at 3 15 in the afternoon adjdate date days months years Same as above except adds months and years to the calculation Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode adjDate 01 082003 6 2 2 returns 10 7 05 12 00 am e RPN Input Mode 01 082003 ENT 6 ENT 2 ENT 2 adjDate returns 10 7 05 12 00 am 4 2 4 Adjust Time adjtime date hours This function can only be used within a formula the returned value cannot be viewed in a template Returns a date type containing date plus or minus a number of hours date is a date type or a value in dd mmyyyy format Category date Input Modes algebraic Examples adjTime today 15 returns 8 1 03 12 30 am given today s date of 08 01 03 at 3 30 in the afternoon adjTime today 4 25 returns 8 1 03 7 45 pm given today s date of 08 01 03 at 3 30 in the afternoon 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 53 powerOne Graph adjtime date hours minutes seconds Same as above except adds minutes and seconds to the calculation Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode adjTime 01 082003 352 6 30
155. atistics are used to compute the appropriate values e Mean Po the hypothesized value of the population mean or floating point number e Data data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Std Dev p population standard deviation Must be a positive integer Frequency frequency list for the data set Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are Mean p not equal Mean Po Mean p gt Mean Po or Mean p Mean Po Mean x sample mean of x values e Sx sample standard deviation of x values e n number of observations in the data set Must be a positive integer number z z test statistic e p value probability value or observed significance level of the test Graphing n 8 2 0 105363593223 Input Data Mean Po 205 Std Dev p 181 2 HypothesissMean p Mean Po Mean x 211 75 Sx 193 7647690224 a 3 To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of a standard normal distribution Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Choose from the list Mean Po 205 Std Dev p 181 2 Data 10 32 128 213 75 250 446 540 Frequency 1 Of Each Hypothesis Mean p mean Po Choose fr
156. ats Lib is installed e lower lower boundary Must be an integer or floating point number lt upper and gt 0 e upper upper boundary Must be an integer or floating point number lower e df degrees of freedom Must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode ChiCDF 0 5 0 75 10 returns 3 8665e 5 e RPN Input Mode 0 5 ENT 0 75 ENT 10 chiCDF returns 3 8665e 5 4 3 3 Chi Squared Probability Distribution chiPDF x df Returns the probability density function pdf for the chi squared distribution at a specified value for the supplied degrees of freedom This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e X point to analyze Must be gt 0 e df degrees of freedom Must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode chiPDF 25 10 returns 1 8955e 3 e RPN Input Mode 25 ENT 10 chiPDF returns 1 8955e 3 4 3 4 Choose choose index expression1 expressionN Uses index to pick one of the expressions following index then returns the value of the picked expression index can be a number or an expression as long as the expression can be evaluated where 1 lt index lt number of expressions supplied Category bool Input Modes algebraic also available when creating templates Examples choose 3 2 3 5 4 5 six 7 returns 4 choose 2 2 3 5 4 5 six 7 returns 15
157. ay 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 9 powerOne Graph finance IntEff TvmFV BondY DepDBBV DepSOYDBV CfoNUS IntNom Tvml BondA DepDBDV DepSOYDDV CfoPbk SPFV TvmN DepSLDA DepDBSLDA CfoNPV CfoProf SPPV TvmPmt DepSLBV DepDBSLBV CfolRR CfoTot USFV TvmPV DepSLDV DepDBSLDV CfoNFV CfoCount USPV BondP DepDBDA DepSOYDDA CfoMIRR These functions are only available if the finance library is installed 1 2 2 RPN Input Mode RPN is the input mode familiar to many HP calculator users RPN is a post fix notation where numbers are pushed on a stack by pressing ENT This mode does not follow order of operations instead it uses the model of the last value pushed on the stack is the first one off To calculate 27 3 x 8 5 Key Display Comments CE C Clears the stack 27 27 ENT 0 27 3 2 27 3 0 30 8 5 1 30 8 5 X 255 Entering 8 5 3 and 27 then adding and finally multiplying will derive the same answer 1 2 2 1 Display A Full Stack shows the complete stack The number to the left is the stack position while the item to the right is the data pushed onto the stack Stack functions are available by selecting a stack item B Partial Stack shows the last 2 to 3 stack entries The number to the left is the stack position while the item to the right is the data pushed onto the stack For stack functions selec
158. be a multiple of 3 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the decimal setting Dec Setting number of decimal places to display when using the analysis functions Float shows all available decimal places 0 through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large numbers fewer decimal places may be displayed because of the total number of places available to show e Disp Mode display numbers in normal scientific or engineering notation when using the analysis functions Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper or if the number is too large or too small to display all places in scientific notation Scientific mode displays numbers in 3 45e67 format The number of places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal setting Engineering mode uses the decimal setting to determine a number of displayed significant digits and then adjusts the exponent to be a multiple of 3 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the decimal setting e Trig Mode calculate trigonometric functions as either degrees or radians Bin Size Bins available for histograms only bin size designates the size of each individual bin while number of bins Bins designates the total number of bins to split the data To switch between Bin Size and Bins select the label and choose one from the list Examples 1 with the option set to Bin Size a setting of 10 with Bin Min set to 0 means numbers 0 through 9 are in one bin 10 th
159. bel is not subject to the same restrictions as a variable s name Constants these are values that do not change In the example above 45 is a constant Do not use digit separators such as commas or spaces For decimal separators use the setting defined in the system s Preferences and indicated as the decimal separator button either point or comma Use the keypad to enter these Operators mathematical symbols such as plus minus times and divide In the example above both multiple and divide are operators Functions allows for more advanced mathematical capabilities which are built into the calculator In the example above sine sin is a function Select the f x button on the keypad to access a list of functions sorted by category See the Function section for more information about each Additional notes on entering equations e The solver follows order of operations precedence To override order of operations or in cases where order of operations is uncertain use parentheses in the formula e Spaces are ignored Often when the equation is strung together on the screen without any spaces it is difficult to see Use spaces to help view equations e There is no implied multiplication If an equation shows z 1 h that needs to be entered as z 1 h e Often an either or situation exists when performing a calculation If statements are used to express these 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Te
160. ber e g 6 for Friday wkday 20 071969 returns 1 Sunday choose wkday 15 082003 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat returns Fri e RPN Input Mode with Preferences Decimal Settings set to 6 20 071969 wkday returns 1 Sunday 4 4 2 Decimal value d Designates that value is entered as an decimal number Data Types boolean integer Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 10 d is equal to 10 d decimal 15 d 12 o returns 25 d e RPN Input Mode 15 d ENT 12 o d returns 25 d 4 4 3 Decimal Separator decimal point decimal comma Separates the integer and fractional portion of the number How numbers appear is set in the system preferences See the device users manual for additional information Category not applicable 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 73 powerOne Graph Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain 4 4 4 Decimal Display As value d Displays value as a octal number Data Types boolean integer floating point table matrix Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 15 h d returns 21 d 32 d 12 d d returns 44 d e RPN Input Mode 10 d d returns 10 d 32 d ENT 12 d d returns 44 d 4 4 5 Declining Balance Crossover Depreciation DepDBSLBV C S L M Y R Book Value DepDBSLDA C S L M Y R Depreciation Amount DepDBSLDV C S L M Y R Depreciati
161. ber in order of operations and chain input modes Category not applicable Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples 345 67 shows 345 6 4 2 17 Binary value_b Designates that value is entered as a binary number Data Types boolean integer Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1010_b is equal to 10_d decimal 1010 b 12 o returns 10100 b e RPN Input Mode 1010 b ENT 12 0 b returns 10100 b 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 60 4 2 18 Binary Display As value b Displays value as a binary number Data Types boolean integer floating point table matrix Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 15 h b returns 10101 b 15 h 12 d Gb returns 100001 b e RPN Input Mode 10 d b returns 1010 b 32 d ENT 12 d b returns 101100 b 4 2 19 Binomial Cumulative Distribution BinomCDF n p Returns a list of floating point numbers containing the cumulative probability of O through n successes for the discrete binomial distribution with the specified trials and probability of success on each trial This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e n number of trials must be an integer gt 0 e p probability of success must be such that 0 lt p lt 1 Category distr Input Modes algebraic Examples BinomCDF 5 9 returns table 0 00001 0 00046 0 00856 0
162. bles M 2 Sample TTest e Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate Input Data values o sese ente e Data 1 first data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table Data 1izeta Col 1 column or create a new one Freg 1 1 Of Each e Freq 1 frequency list for the first data set Select the label to choose Data 2 zeta Col 2 a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Freq 2 1 Of Each e Data 2 second data set to analyze Select the label to choose a Pr M 4 table column or create a new one Pooled Yes e Freq 2 frequency list for the second data set Select the label to Hypothesis not equal choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Mean x1 68 23076923077 e Pooled whether to pool the variances or not yes no Sx1 18 65991178147 e Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are meant n1 13 3 not equal mean2 meant gt mean2 or meani lt mean2 n e Mean x1 first sample mean e Sx1 first sample standard deviation e n1 number of observations in the first data set Must be an integer greater than 1 e Mean x2 second sample mean e Sx2 second sample standard deviation e n2 number of observations in the second data set Must be an integer greater than 1 e Sx pooled the pooled standard deviation Appears if variances are pooled e df degrees of freedom e t Hest statistic e p value probabil
163. bout powerOne abs Absolute Value acos acosh Actual Actual 360 Actual 365 Addition adjdate adjtime Adjust Date Adjust Time Algebraic Input Mode AmEndBal Amortization End Balance Interest Paid Principal Paid AmSumInt AmSumPrn Analysis Arc Derivative Distance Eval 51 201 205 206 205 206 207 209 211 209 214 215 214 217 217 196 131 51 57 93 196 196 196 51 52 52 52 52 53 53 53 54 55 54 55 169 169 169 169 169 Hide Inflection Integral Intersection Maximum Minimum Regression Roots Tangent Trace Y Intercept And Angle Angle Symbol ANOVA Append APR of a Loan with Fees Arc Cosine Arc Sine Arc Tangent Area asin asinh atan atanh Augment Auto Compute Avogadro s Number Backspace Bar Graph Example Bar Tab Base Base Numbers Base Fraction Mode Beam Binary Display As BinomCDF Binomial Cumulative Distribution Binomial Probability Distribution BinomPDF Bi Weekly Mortgage Payments Bond Accrued Interest Bond Price 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 56 57 57 220 57 240 57 58 58 221 58 93 58 94 59 196 24 59 183 183 22 34 37 4a 30 191 198 4 9 34 59 60 60 60 61 61 240 61 62 268 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 269 powerOne Graph Bond Yield BondA BondP BondY Boolean Convert To Booleans Box Plot Example Braces Brackets Business Button Tab C Cal
164. btUe aeCbad clce eL EL Ov as CU d di da nk a d a a Vd Cl da uh i aa d RR a C c 51 Absolute Val sisciiisssicss siiiaiiihcccts candida anda daanandbiuayinntvcdanatvenptaanyeababansbihu css cen Gntasbusvuctaseasanasvundsoudvestubatverstovudestepsrsention 51 Addition Adjust Date Adjust Tim a 52 Amortization End Balame eet 53 Amortization Interest Paid Amortization Principal Paid 02 0 0 sseeseesneesneeseneeseesseesseesseeesenesseeeeenessaesssnessueeseessneeneeesenessaeeesneeseesssnensnensoeeeaes 55 And Angle Angle Symbol 5 niet eec secede cece n EI ed ee i 57 Append Arc Cosine Arc Sine Arc Tangent c 58 A gment rn 59 af o ore e o AR E E E A E A E E E EE E 59 Bimary E E E 59 Binary Display AS m 60 Binomial Cumulative Distribution 1 eeeese eese rne eene rne nennen nhan nhan nnn a nans asas anna suse nasa as nanne nanne nanenane nannaa 60 Binomial Probability Distribution eeeeeeeeee eene enne eere nnnn nnne nn tnnn nnne sn nnn nsnm assa assa natns ss sn aa sn sas s nas sn aa sna uaa 61 BondiAccrued Interest iiciwisicscecccecccececcecececeasccecscccceuecnscccecascicucessnsosesscssceuecdccccescccccucccsecosessccccauecdcesscecs
165. c Tab Calculation Log Calculus Calendar Canadian Mortgage Cancel Button Can t bracket solution Car Loan Category cbrt CE C ceil Ceiling CfoCount CfoIRR CfoMIRR CfoNFV CfoNPV CfoNUS CfoPbk CfoProf CfoTot Chain Chain Input Mode chiCDF chiPDF Chi Squared Cumulative Distribution Chi Squared Probability Distribution Chi Squared Test Choose 62 61 62 62 37 62 34 184 184 63 63 40 22 196 240 263 240 196 70 66 64 64 69 98 107 109 110 110 117 125 153 18 17 65 65 65 65 222 65 Clear Clear Memory cNorm Colon Equals Column Norm Combinations Complex Frmt Complex Number Constant Complex Numbers Complex Type cond Condition conj Conjugate Constant Constant Acceleration Constants Copy COS Cosecant cosh Cosine cot Cotangent Coulomb Count countx Creating Templates Cross Cross Product csc Cubed Root cumsum Cumulative Normal Distribution Cumulative Sum Cut D Data Button Date Day of Week ddays Dec Setting Decimal Display As Decimal Separator Decimal Setting 15 18 66 2 66 66 66 67 5 10 20 67 35 38 5 10 20 67 67 68 68 23 253 24 1 2 157 68 68 94 68 69 69 24 69 114 250 70 70 68 70 71 71 71 1 35 39 223 72 77 197 4 9 34 72 73 72 5 10 15 18 20 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Index Declining Balance Crossover Deprec
166. category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 202 Sum X sum of squared x values section Description ETT This template calculates descriptive statistics for one variable data sets Data Set alpha Col 1 Variables e Data Set data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one e Frequency frequency list for the data set Select the label to choose aei m c a table column or create a new one specifying the frequencies with um A which each observation occurs The default frequencies are 1 of Sum X 607 Each Std Dev X s 4 50 1983689759 e Occ total number of observations in the data set Std Dev X p 4 211220131981 e Mean X mean of x values Also known as weighted average Variance s 20 267857 14286 3 e Sum X sum of x values UI ance pi 734375 gt p 17 e Std Dev X s sample standard deviation commonly denoted s Std Dev X p population standard deviation commonly denoted o Variance s sample variance commonly denoted s Variance p population variance commonly denoted o Min X minimum x value 1st Qrtl median point between minimum and the median values the 25th percentile The calculation for finding the first quartile uses Tukey s method which includes the median
167. category If an equation uses a variable that is not found in the same category it will use the variable or macro in My Data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 191 powerOne Graph 5 7 Sharing Graphs Import and Export Beam options are available for different types of data graphs and templates This section discusses sharing graphs Export Beam To export or beam a data item e Go to My Graphs Option 1 export beam individual graphs e Select the graph to share e Choose Export Beam from the list Export Beam Options appears e Select the desired export beam option e Follow the on screen directions if any are required Option 2 export beam graph categories e Select Export Beam Category from the Options menu e Select the desired export beam option e Follow the on screen directions if any are required Four data export beam options come with the software e Export graph to file save the selected graph in a file that can be synchronized to the desktop for archival or sharing purposes e Export category to file save the current category and all associated graphs in a file that can be synchronized to the desktop for archival or sharing purposes e Beam graph beam the selected graph to another handheld that has this software e Beam category beam the current category and all associated graphs to another handheld that has this software Infinity Softworks may offer additional export beam plug ins
168. ccustecsecesecsouccsuccs 61 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks powerOne Graph 3 C Bond Price Bond Yield Boolean Convert TO iieri she aga occas E Aces acess x cua cide ccna ees Aes eee eee 62 Braces P 63 IC CM e 63 M tae ounces 64 PC UD 64 Chi Squared Cumulative Distribution 1 eese eere nnn tnnt nnnm sinas daaar kaadi aogun nsns atn stus Farar EERE 65 Chi Squared Probability Distribution eeeeeeeeee nenne nennen nennen nnns nnn nnns tnnt nn sts s enitn sinn stunts anena 65 Choose Clear Colon Equals Column Norm Combinations Complex Number Constant 1 1 ecce ciiccitecec ctii dn ctus cssc tactus catt Adsao paa ie cams ac S Eae csoe atA adau Edisi NASKa dtsia 67 ien nir MM 67 Pen AA 68 Cosecant Cosine GOTANGEME 69 en crc 69 eelo odgo o LUN o rapeaa x E 70
169. changes to Zoom Box 19 Draw a box around the new display area e n the top left hand corner of the new area click down on the screen e Drag to the lower right hand corner of the new area e Release The window zooms in on that area Move Around the Display with Zoom Center 20 Select Zoom Box at the bottom of the Graph display 21 Choose Zoom Center The Zoom buttons changes to Zoom Ctr 22 Select the point that will become the new center point The new window is drawn re positioning the display with the selected point at the center Briefs A Display a Table of Data displays data points based on the selected equations e select Done in the Graph display New Graph should be visible e select the desired equation e choose Table from the list The table display should be visible e use the scroll arrows to move up or down 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 173 powerOne Graph e change Start for a new starting point For example select Start s value enter 2 in the pop up calculator and choose the checkmark to save e change Step to see more or less detail For example select Step s value enter 001 in the pop up calculator and choose the checkmark to save B Inequalities alters the graph to include shading select Done in the Table display My Graphs should be visible select the desired equation choose Edit from the list Edit Graph should be visible select and choose
170. choose Enter to enter the tip s Ne R Method Select as a number or choose Enter enter the tip s amount Bill 45 00 e Bill the bill amount before tip Tip 15 e Tip tip amount entered or calculated as a percentage Tip 6 75 e Tip tip amount entered or calculated as an amount Total51 75 e Total the total amount including the tip e People the number of people paying for the meal e Ttl Person the total per person split evenly among the people People 4 paying for the meal Ttl Person 12 94 The tip computation calculates from the top down In other words to calculate the tip amount it will first attempt to use Bill then Total and finally Ttl Person to calculate It knows to use a value when the variable is not zero If Bill is 0 for example it will use Total Example A lunch bill for four friends is 45 With a 15 tip what is the total bill amount how much should each person contribute Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Bill 45 Tip 15 People 4 Select in the Tip and Total rows to calculate the tip amount and total amount respectively and select in the Ttl Person row to calculate the amount per person The total is 51 75 and each person should contribute 12 94 6 5 6 6 TVM Time Value of Money This template is for TVM Time Value of Money calculations It is in the Business category For information on accessing
171. cmplx real theta conj toRect imag toPolar calc X fnint r fMax nDeriv fMin nDeriv2 matrix mtrx rref rNorm min row dim tbl trans cNorm max fill getltem x identity cond rowSwap augment getRow det cumSum cross row append getCol ref norm dot row redim 12 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 13 powerOne Graph cnst New Constant c Me Edit ec Mn e g Mp i G NA pi k R vars New Variable New Table New Matrix Edit These lists change when new constants and variables are created inserting new items in alphabetical order at the top of the list See the Memory amp Storage My Data section for more information on creating new constants and variables Macros defined as constants will not show in the Constants list bool lt I lt gt gt THE Ix gt amp amp dev X _b b A amp 0 o B _d d C h h D lt lt E gt gt F date adjDate getDate adjTime getTime makeDate HRS weekDay HMS dDays today 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator finance IntEff TvmFV BondY DepDBBV DepSOYDBV CfoNUS IntNom Tvml BondA DepDBDV DepSOYDDV CfoPbk SPFV TvmN DepSLDA DepDBSLDA CfoNPV CfoProf SPPV TvmPmt DepSLBV DepDBSLBV CfolRR
172. cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode imag b 1 4142 returns 1 4142 e RPN Input Mode 5 1 4142 imag returns 1 4142 real r q Returns the x coordinate given polar coordinates r and q Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic Examples real b 4 returns 3 2682 when Trig Mode set to radians real 8 4 5 6 1 2 7 8 returns 1 6209 1 6646 3 7695 0 8730 when Trig Mode set to radians real valueA Returns real part of a complex number Data Types complex Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 122 e Algebraic Input Mode real 5 1 4142 returns 5 e RPN Input Mode 5 1 4142 real returns 5 4 7 14 Polar Convert To toPolar value Returns a complex number in polar format from value Data Types boolean integer floating point complex table matrix Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode toPolar 15 5 returns 15 5 20 0 toPolar 25 930 returns 25 1 4159265 toPolar 1 2 8 4 returns 1 0 90 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 90 0 4 0 0 0 e RPN Input Mode 15 5 toPolar returns 15 5 20 0 15 2 8 4 toPolar returns 1 0 80 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 4 7 15 Poly poly a b c Returns a list with the rea
173. corner of the Graffiti input area accesses the menus Standard PalmOS edit choices Graffiti help Preferences and application information can be accessed from here The Edit menu e Undo shortcut U undo the last cut copy paste or entry in the field Algebraic and RPN input modes only Cut shortcut X cut the selected text to the clipboard Copy shortcut C copy the selected text to the clipboard Paste shortcut P paste the selected text from the clipboard to the entry line Select All shortcut S selects all text in the entry line Algebraic and RPN input modes only Keyboard shortcut K displays the Palm OS keyboard for data entry Algebraic and RPN input modes only Graffiti Help shortcut G help with Graffiti keystrokes 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 3 powerOne Graph The Options menu e Preferences shortcut R displays the calculator preferences e Clear Memory shortcut Y clear the calculator s 10 memory locations e About powerOne displays company information Copy paste error and keystroke help preferences and the about screen can all be reached from the powerOne button as well 1 1 4 Pop up Calculator The pop up calculator is used throughout the application when values are required such as in a table or template The pop up calculator functions similarly to the main calculator and offers the same input modes Functionality specific to the pop up calculator is detailed here See the Interface Ov
174. ctions Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper or if the number is too large or too small to display all places in scientific notation Scientific mode displays numbers in 3 45e67 format The number of places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal setting Engineering mode uses the decimal setting to determine a New Graph Dec Setting number of decimal places to display when using the Prefs number of displayed significant digits and then adjusts the exponent to be a multiple of 3 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the Default decimal setting 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 160 Trig Mode calculate trigonometric functions as either degrees or radians X Min the starting value of x for the function graph To graph all available points set to 1E301 X Max the ending value of x for the function graph To graph all available points set to 1E301 X Res how many points are plotted 1 plots every point 2 plots every other point etc Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab except Default which resets the preferences to their original settings 5 3 2 Parametric This section describes New Edit Graphs layout for parametric graphs Parametric graphs are those that define dependent variables x and y based on a third independent variable t Data Tab New Graph Details Tab x t select to change graph types Entry Lines enter the
175. d Variable Calculated F 2 5608 p value 0 1185 Factor df 2 Factor SS 1 016 13 Factor MS 508 07 Error df 12 Error SS 2 380 8 Error MS 198 4 Sxp 14 0855 6 5 3 2 Area This template is for Area conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Variables e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount 2 the amount of the second type Example Type 1 Kilometers Amount 1 2 Type 2 Acres Amount 2 494 2107629343 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 222 If the map states that the land s area is 2 km what is its area in acres Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 Kilometers Choose from the list Amount 1 2 Type 2 Acres Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically The area is 494 2 acres 6 5 3 3 Chi Squared Test This template is for Chi contingency table tests It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates
176. d a mode equivalent to the HP48 Decimal Setting algebraic RPN order of operations chain modes number of decimal places to display Float shows all available decimal places 0 through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large numbers fewer decimal places may be displayed because of the total number of places available to show in the view window In addition the Show function displays all available decimal places until the next entry is made This can be used to quickly see all available decimal places when the decimal setting is not set to float Display Mode algebraic RPN order of operations chain modes display numbers in normal scientific or engineering notation Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper or if the number is very large or very small in scientific notation Scientific mode displays numbers as two parts the significant digits with one digit before the decimal and the exponent e g 3 45e67 The number of places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal setting Engineering mode also displays numbers in two parts the significant digits and the exponent that is always a multiple of 3 e g 34 567e12 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the decimal setting Complex Type algebraic RPN sets the type of complex number to be displayed Choose between auto rectangular or polar In auto mode the calculator will display a complex number answer in rectan
177. ded it is assumed to be 0 Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tvmpv 240 5 120 300 12 12 0 returns 18 293 63 e RPN Input Mode 240 ENT 5 ENT 120 ENT 300 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 tvmpv returns 18 293 63 4 7 19 Product prod list Returns the product of elements in list In other words each elements is multiplied together List may be a table or matrix of integer double or complex data types Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode prod 1 2 3 4 5 returns 120 prod 1 2 3 3 4 5 returns 360 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 125 powerOne Graph e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 prod returns 120 4 7 20 Profitability Index CfoProf I CFAmntList Returns the profitability index of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e 1 periodic interest rate as a percentage e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoProf 12 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 1 62 CfoProf I CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode Cf
178. des algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode append 1 2 3 4 10 11 12 13 returns 1 2 8 4 10 11 12 13 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 ENT 10 11 12 13 append returns 1 2 8 4 10 11 12 13 4 2 12 Arc Cosine acos value Returns arc cosine of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode acos 5 returns 2 0944 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians acos 5 returns 120 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 58 5 acos returns 2 0944 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 5 acos returns 120 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT acos returns 2 0944 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 5 ENT acos returns 120 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 4 2 13 Arc Sine asin value Returns arc sine of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode asin 5 returns 0 5236 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians asin 5 returns 30 when Trig Mode
179. devices select the title bar choose the Options menu select Variable Prefs select Rents next to Variable choose PresentVal check the box next to Global select OK The inflation template should be visible Calculate Present Value 15 Enter 750 for the total rents e select 0 00 next to Rents e enter 750 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 16 Enter 400 for medical insurance e select 0 next to Insurance e enter 400 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 17 Enter 200 for groceries e select 0 next to Groceries e enter 200 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save y button 18 Enter 150 for automobile expenses e select 0 next to Groceries e enter 150 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 19 Enter 200 for entertainment e select 0 next to ENT e enter 200 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 20 Calculate the total monthly expenses e select the button on the same line as PresentVal e the total monthly expenses are 1 700 Calculate the Future Cash Requirement to Retire 21 Select Done at the bottom of the Inflation template The main calculator should be visible 22 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 23
180. e 1 2 8 4 returns 1 2 3 4 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 8 4 toTable returns 1 2 8 4 4 6 17 Maximum max valueA valueB If given a series of values or a list returns the largest value in the list If given a series of lists of equal length returns the largest value of each position within the list valueB is optional RPN input mode can only handle a single list Data Types integer floating point date table matrix Category stats matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 103 powerOne Graph e Algebraic Input Mode max 2 4 6 5 3 returns 6 max 1 2 3 4 5 returns 5 max 1 2 3 4 5 8356 2 1 8 returns 3 6 3 4 8 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 max returns 5 2 4 6 10 8 6 max returns 10 4 6 18 Maximum Function fMax expression variable lower upper Uses an iterative method to determine the value of an independent variable for which the local maximum of an expression occurs The possible values for the independent variable are limited to a range bracketed by the provided upper and lower limits This function uses the tolerance constant expression the expression to analyze Must be in quotations lower lower limit of the range to analyze upper upper limit of the range to analyze Category calc Input Modes algebraic Examples e Algebraic Inp
181. e Graph 6 5 1 One 1 This section covers included templates beginning with the number 1 6 5 1 1 1 Proportion Z Confidence Interval This template is for 1 proportion z confidence intervals It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description 1 Prop Zint This template calculates a confidence interval for an unknown population z proportion of successes p x 30 n 50 Variables Conf Level 95 e x count of successes in the sample e n count of observations in the sample e Conf Level confidence coefficient entered as a percentage 0 100 or as a decimal 0 1 e p hat sample proportion of successes e Lower Limit lower z confidence limit for p e Upper Limit upper z confidence limit for p p hat 0 6 Lower Limit 0 464209794879 Upper Limit 0 735790205121 Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values X 30 n 50 Conf Level 95 Select in the p hat row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Calculated p hat 0 6 Lower Limit 0 4642 Upper Limit 0 7358 6 5 1 2 1 Variable Statistics This template is for 1 variable descriptive statistics It is in the Stats
182. e Graph item select Notes New Edit Constants from Entry Line Constants may not be created from the entry line in any input modes If a variable or macro is defined with the name of an existing constant a warning will be displayed before storing it Included Constants Function Display Value Speed of Light C 299 792 458 m s Exponential e 2 71828182846 Elemental Charge ec 1 60217646E 19 C Gravity Acceleration g 9 80665 m s Gravity Constant G 6 67259E 11 m kg s i Square Root of 1 i 0 1 Coulomb k 8 987 551 787 37 Electron Mass Me 9 10938188E 31 kg Proton Mass Mp 1 67262158E 27 kg Neutron Mass Mn 1 67492716E 27 kg Avogadro s Number NA 6 02214199E23 mol Pi pi 3 14159265359 Universal Gas Constant R 8 314472 J mol K not available in order of operations and chain input modes The constant Tolerance is also available Tolerance is used for derivative second derivative function maximum and function minimum when the tolerance is not included in the mathematical function It defaults to 0 0001 1 4 1 3 Macros Macros which are available only in algebraic input mode are equations When a macro is used in an expression on the entry line the text of the macro is substituted for the macro name before evaluation New Edit Macros from My Data Generally macros are entered from My Data Select New and choose Macro for a new macro Select a macro from
183. e Must be a positive n1 50 integer number x2 30 e X2 count of successes in the second sample Must be a positive n2 50 integer less than n2 e n2 count of observations in the second sample Must be a positive Hypothesis not equal integer number z 1 00503781526 e Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are p1 not p value 0 314878656521 equal p2 p1 p2 or p1 p2 p hat1 0 5 e z z test statistic p hat2 0 6 e p value probability value or observed significance level of the test p hat 0 55 3 e p hat1 sample proportion of successes in the first sample e p hat2 sample proportion of successes in the second sample e p hat proportion of successes in the combined samples Graphing To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of the standard normal distribution 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 207 powerOneG Graph Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values x1 25 ni 50 x2 30 n2 50 Hypothesis not equal Choose from the list Select in the z row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Calculated z 1 0050 p value 0 3149 p hatt 0 5 p hat2 0 6 p hat 0 55 The graph would appear as follows 6 5 2 3 2 Sample F
184. e See the Memory amp Storage Memory Locations section for more on recall and store E Buttons OK saves changes while Cancel deletes changes returning to My Data To enter notes about the data item select Notes New Edit Variables from Entry Line In algebraic and RPN input modes new variables can be created on the entry line To create a variable in algebraic input mode enter the name followed by equals followed by the variable s value To create a variable in RPN input mode enter the variable s value followed by enter followed by the name and finally select the equals symbol The equals symbol can be found under the vars category in the function list For example to assign the variable 7 565 to the data item alpha enter the following on the entry line algebraic input mode alpha 7 565 RPN input mode 7 565 ENT alpha Note that if a variable is already defined as alpha it will be overwritten with this new definition Attempting to overwrite a constant will display a warning 1 4 1 2 Constants Constants are defined variables or macros that cannot be altered on the entry line If a new data item is created with the same name as a constant either in My Data or the entry line a warning will appear before saving the new data A number of constants are included automatically New Edit Constants from My Data Constants are entered from My Data Select New and choose Constant for a new constant Select a constan
185. e slope of the fitted equation e Intercept y intercept for the fitted equation e s standard error of the residuals er simple coefficient of determination e r simple correlation coefficient Example Given the following data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 228 Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Data 1 1 0 7 12 4 14 25 30 Data 2 10 32 128 213 75 250 446 540 Frequency 1 Of Each Hypothesis gt 0 Choose from the list Select in the t row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Calculated t 46 1517 p value 3 4669e 9 df 6 Slope 17 1037 Intercept 17 1958 S 11 0924 r 0 9972 r 0 9986 6 5 4 5 Markup This template is for Markup calculations It is in the Business category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Method 96 of Cost Variables Cost 29 99 e Method computation based on price or cost Profit margin Price 37 49 computations are based on price percent change computations are Markup 25 00 based on cost e Cost the cost to manufacture or purchase e Price the selling or resale price e Markup the markup expressed as a percentage For example a
186. e a line pattern for the curve From left to right solid single line dots dashes dash dot and double solid line are available some devices may only offer solid single line dots and Line Color O double solid line Color choose a color for the line On black and white devices where color is not available the line is drawn in black CI JEE INX 4 5 6 Xr mE Buttons select OK to save changes and Cancel to delete LO 111213 changes and leave New Edit Graph Select Notes to add notes about the graph 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 162 Details Tab Name enter a name for the graph This is optional If the graph has a name the name will be displayed instead of the equation in My Graphs If a graph is named this name can be used in other polar graphs See Graphing Examples Graph Names for more on graph names Category choose a category for this graph Line same as Line in the Data Tab Color same as Color in the Data Tab Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab Prefs Tab Dec Setting number of decimal places to display when using the analysis functions Float shows all available decimal places 0 through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large numbers fewer decimal places may be displayed because of the total number of places available to show Disp Mode display numbers in normal scientific or engineering notation when using the analysis function
187. e data set Select the label to choose Conf Level 90 a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Conf Level confidence coefficient entered as a percentage 0 100 2 3 Mean X sample mean of x values n 8 2 Mean x 211 75 e Sx sample standard deviation of x values Lower Limit 81 95963609 133 e n number of observations in the data set Must be a positive integer Upper Limit 341 5403639087 number Lower Limit lower t confidence limit for Mean p e Upper Limit upper t confidence limit for Mean p Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Choose from the list Data 10 32 128 213 75 250 446 540 Frequency 1 Of Each Conf Level 90 Select in the Mean x row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates Variable Calculated Mean x 211 75 Sx 193 7648 n 8 Lower Limit 81 9596 Upper Limit 341 5404 6 5 6 2 T Test One Sample This template is for one sample t tests about a population mean It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template tests a hypothesis about the
188. e highlighted area space before the input cursor or last entered value depending on the input mode 1 1 2 Skins Skins add a personalized look to the main and pop up calculators Some skins offer a different button layout with the advanced mathematics functions in drop down lists or giving access to programmable buttons for example Other skins offer different color schemes To download free skins go to this product s web page at www infinitysw com graph Installing Skins After downloading a skin from Infinity Softworks web site and synchronizing it to your device s main memory run the application The skin will be imported automatically To install a skin from an expansion card select Skins from the powerOne button and choose Import to find it Changing Skins To change skins select Skins from the powerOne button Choose the desired skin and then select OK The calculator display will change automatically lt Default gt is the original display that came with your product Deleting Skins To delete a skin select Skins from the powerOne button Choose the desired skin and select Delete The default skin cannot be deleted Problems with Skins If there is a device problem when working in a skin it is possible to return to the default skin when launching the software To do so hold the down scroll or 5 way navigation button when starting the software 1 1 3 Menus Choosing the menu button to the lower left hand
189. e select 0 next to IntRate e enter 6 75 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 9 Enter a 300 000 mortgage e select 0 next to Mortgage e enter 300000 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 10 Calculate the monthly payment e select the button on the same line as Payment e the payment is 1 945 79 per month For more on formatting variables see the Templates Using the Templates Variable Preferences section This template and others are available for free download from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph 6 6 4 4 IF Statements If statements are used for conditional situations If statements can be used by themselves or nested meaning a second if statement is used within a first the example below uses a nested if statement The Example In this example a profit sharing formula has three levels e f net income is less than or equal to 1 million there is no profit sharing e f net income is greater than 1 million but less than or equal to 5 million profit sharing is 2 of monthly pay e f net income is greater than 5 million profit sharing is 4 of monthly pay With a monthly base of 3000 what is the profit sharing amount if the company s net income is 700 000 2 million and 10 million The equation for calculating this profit sharing formula is NetPay BasePay if Netlncome lt 1000000 0 if NetIncome gt 1
190. ears is 6 083 26 For more on formatting variables see the Templates Using the Templates Variable Preferences section This template and others are available for free download from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph 6 6 4 2 Constant Acceleration This example demonstrates template creation basics The Example The equation for constant acceleration is Velocity1 2 VelocityO 2 2 Accelrtn Distance where Velocity1 is the final velocity VelocityO is the initial velocity Accelrtn is the speed of acceleration Negative denotes deceleration Distance is the distance between Velocity1 and VelocityO 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 254 The problem to calculate what is the stopping distance for a car traveling 30 meters per second but decelerating 5 meters per second squared Creating the Template 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 3 Select New Template near the bottom of the list 4 Enter Const Acclrtn no quotes for the name 5 Enter Velocity1 2 VelocityO 2 2 Accelrtn Distance no quotes for the equation e equals is on the right side of the keypad e power is available by selecting f x then math then y 6 Select OK to finish The constant acceleration template
191. ecessary Tables 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 196 Tables or sets of data come in two types The first type is available for use in any template while graphing or for calculation in the main calculator It is considered global The second type is available only to the selected template This type is considered local Global tables always have a dotted box around the variable s label To choose a global table for use in the template e select the variable s label It will have a dotted box around it e Next to table choose None Selected than a table name or to create a new table select New See Using the Calculator Memory amp Storage My Data for more on creating a new table e Once a table is selected Column appears Choose a column number or range of numbers if applicable e Select OK to save the table selection or Cancel to throw out any new selection If more than one table is required often a template will guess at the additional tables To change that guess follow the same process for the additional templates To edit local or global table data e select the variable e enter data into the table by selecting each cell and entering data with the same pop up calculator used with Numbers described above e select OK to save the data or Cancel to throw out those changes If the table is global any changes are saved with the global table as well as with the template s copy
192. ed the question marks will disappear While auto compute is checked any other values that can automatically be recalculated will be after each change For example if a template contains just two variables such as most conversion templates changing the value of one variable will automatically cause the other variable to be recalculated If unchecked the compute will remain visible at all times and values will only be recalculated when the button is selected Freeze Rows When a template is long often it is handy to freeze a certain number of rows at the top These rows will always remain visible 0 means no rows remain frozen 1 means the first row at the top of the template will always remain visible and so on 6 4 5 Variable Preferences These preferences impact each variable independently To set the preferences for a variable first choose it from the Variable pop up list Selecting Set All will set all the variables to the current variable s preferences Variable The variable to set The preferences change with different selected variables 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 198 Dec Setting The number of decimal places to display Float shows all available decimal places 0 through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large numbers fewer decimal places may be Variable Preferences displayed because of the total number of places available to show in the Variable v Intrst Yr
193. egin with a letter must start with O e g OAC h instead of AC h D Entry Line enter the calculation on the line If the calculation is longer than a single line a scroll bar will appear not pictured here 1 2 1 2 Implicit Multiplication In certain cases implicit multiplication is available Implicit multiplication is where 2 times x is entered as 2x In algebraic input mode multiplication is assumed if the math symbol is missing The following examples will support implicit multiplication e 2x assumed to be2 x e 2x note the space between 2 and x assumed to be 2 x e ab note the space between a and b assumed to be a b e 3 x 2 assumed to be 3 x 2 e 1 2 3 x 2 assumed to be list 1 2 3 x e 4sin 25 assumes 4 sin 25 The following examples will not support implicit multiplication e ab this is not a b but instead the variable ab Enter a multiplication symbol or space between a and b to handle correctly e a2 this is not a 2 but instead the variable a2 Enter a multiplication symbol or space between a and b to handle correctly a 2 8 this is not a 2 3 but instead the function call a 5 A number before a parentheses is allowed but a variable before a parentheses is not Also a space between a and 2 3 would also be considered a function call 1 2 1 3 Preferences The following preferences are available in algebraic input mode See the Using the Calculator Pre
194. egory This is the same as the main calculator s list except function solving is available in category Boolean bool and category MEM is added memory store recall and clear options Template creation is different than in the main calculator See the Using the Solver category for more information See the Functions section for more on each available function See the Using the Calculator Category v Unfiled Memory amp Storage Memory Locations section for more on recall and f x amA x X tore Midi 1516171819 llam E Buttons OK saves changes while Cancel deletes changes returning to My Data To enter notes about the template select Notes 6 6 1 Using the Solver An equation is in the form a b where a and b are combinations of variables constants operators and functions The following equation will be used for reference Area sin Width 45 Length An equation is made of four components Variables the names of items that are either stored or calculated In the example above Area Width and Length are variables These variables must consist of letters capital or lower case a through z and numbers 0 through 9 with a maximum of 11 characters The variable cannot start with a number Note that the percentage symbol 96 is a mathematical symbol and cannot be used in the name of a variable The built in templates are able to use a label to represent the variable in the template view and the la
195. egrees CONVeErSionn ici siesei ccc E 78 Ot Product t 78 Effective Interest Rate e 79 i acr 79 ZO ILI NN 79 SIR e 80 Exponent c E Sdan 81 Exponential wee 81 F Cumulative Distribution s csessccsssccscessocessecsscssecnsanetecvessssessancateesencssenssberseeteavcsconrecsssecnncuternucsdeossbersvetsacerssieancueseane 82 F Probability Distribution 82 aure NM 83 Fil hSusssensennednsessuepepieeuhielidiuuueiiae ied cL IM LL IE 83 Floating Point Convert TO e S XX 83 do pp E 84 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Contents IV Fraction Display As Fractional Part d e dcr nirs bl F t re V l e Eco EM E E EA Geometric Cumulative DislriDUllOn 5 oorr torino Fea insna eee snae adana Saanaa ASEE sne SAAVA Aeneas Paa teni Esa Seba aue CERE PR ausa end 87 Geometric Probability Distribution eeeeeeeeee er
196. electing its name The Tip template should be visible People 4 Calculate Tip Amount and Total Bill Ttl Person 23 53 5 Enter 78 45 for the bill e select 0 00 next to Bill e enter 78 45 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 6 Enter a 20 tip e select 15 next to Tip e choose 20 from the list 7 Calculate the tip amount e select the button on the same line as Tip e the tip amount is 15 69 8 Calculate the total bill e select the button on the same line as Total e the total bill is 94 14 Split the Bill 8 Enter 4 for the number of people e select 1 next to People e enter 4 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save yY button 9 Calculate the total per person e select the button on the same line as Ttl Person e the total per person is 23 53 6 4 2 Interface Overview All templates are similar in design The template itself is broken into 3 columns the first describes the variable the second is the variable s data and the third indicates which variables can be calculated To use any template enter the known variables by selecting the Data column and entering each If a table of data is required choose or create one by selecting the label for that variable To calculate the unknown variable select the button on its row For details not noted here and examples on how to use individual templates see the desired template in the
197. emplates section for more information 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 193 powerOne Graph e My Templates select to go to My Templates See the My Templates section for more information 6 3 My Templates My Templates displays a list of available templates and their categories This list can be viewed in category order or in alphabetical order My Templates My Templates Markup Mass Perc Change Power Pressure Regressions Sales Tax T Test T Interval category view alphabetical view A Template select the template for a list of options e Use select to display the template for use e Edit select to edit the template s equation Only visible if the template can be edited e Export Beam select to export or beam templates See the Using the Templates Sharing Templates amp Data section for more information Only visible if the template can be exported and or beamed Delete select to delete the template Only visible if the template can be deleted e Duplicate select to duplicate the template Only visible if the template can be edited e Notes select to view the template notes B Template Category templates are organized into categories If in category view and the category is closed the plus symbol is visible next to the category select it to open the category and see that category s templates If in category view and the category is open the minus symbol is visible next to the category
198. en Motelo e E E A E E E E A E A E E 70 Cumulative Standard Normal Distribution esee eene eene nnne nennt nnn nnns nnns nn nennt nn nens ennenen 71 el EMcii Ee 71 T e 72 D VAJRIL dp E 72 Decimal idunzsnesusteneseue ieletenudnndnii eu uice teni EI IEEE 72 Decimal Separator 5 itio Diae Le day rae Eaa Ea eA EAE ea aaae Ea Ea racs bos usn dem Ie cae deed deese uses EARE 72 Decimal Display As e 73 Declining Balance Crossover Depreciation eeeeeeeeee eene e nennen nnne tnnt nnn tnim nins stas Enean nnns nain nnns nn 73 Declining Balance Depreciation eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeee ee eee eene nnn antena nnn nnnm asina sitas anna assa assa assa nunnan ennn nnn assa aa nn 74 D hMIIIDIAGAU Negare 74 Degrees to Radians Conversion 12 222 2 2 5 12160 1e IIe te LESS aid auae Ce ODE ne aRL scastaidocdezbusodceruaveseisciveietbvadese 75 Derivative Derivative Second Determinant a E tee eee etsi E ene EI Difference Between Date viii ices 77 Dic c aesceiee 77 nur vv 77 DMS to D
199. en nnne nnne nnne nnne nnnm sinat nnn issus tussis stas insana nts anna tns sna 87 etsa ol LUL a p cr M 87 icagsci NiMerTenurliinLgee ww A M 88 Get Hours in Decimal Lie M 88 Get Ho rs im HA iz uiip 89 ic 23101 a S B 89 Get Row 90 CX EEzdluar iulcemc E FRe nna 90 icri dura dc 91 Greater Tham OF Equal TO p 91 Greatest COMMON DENOMINATOR ERE IEEE ONE 92 Hexadecimal Hexadecimal Display As HISTORY NM VENA OANEOTESaS Hype rboli Arc CGOSiNe m P renBBMuel me Hyperbolic Arc Tangent me Hyperbolic COSine repu Hyperbolic Tangent A ND ree Ion Nc M MEM c
200. entered in dd mmyyyy format MD maturity date entered in dd mmyyyy format CY number of compounding interest periods per year CR coupon rate expressed as a percentage Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode BondA 1 012003 15 122010 4 6 returns 0 283 e RPN Input Mode 1 012003 ENT 15 122010 ENT 4 ENT 6 BondA returns 0 283 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 62 4 2 22 Bond Price BondP SD MD C Y CR RV Y Returns the price of a bond This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e SD settlement date entered in dd mmyyyy format MD maturity date entered in dd mmyyyy format CY number of compounding interest periods per year CR coupon rate expressed as a percentage RV residual value Y annual yield expressed as a percentage Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode BondP 1 012003 31 122010 4 6 100 5 25 returns 104 87 e RPN Input Mode 1 012003 ENT 31 122010 ENT 4 ENT 6 ENT 100 ENT 5 25 BondP returns 104 87 4 2 23 Bond Yield BondY SD MD C Y CR RV P Returns the yield of a bond expressed as a percentage This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed SD settlement date entered in dd mmyyyy format MD maturity date entered in dd mmyyyy format CY number of compounding interest periods per year CR coupon rate expressed as a percentage RV residual value P p
201. er September 2 2003 Date 2 12 13 03 Enter December 13 2003 Select in the Difference row to calculate There are 102 days until vacation 6 5 3 5 Discount This template is for Discount calculations It is in the Business category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Discount Price 9 99 Sale Price 8 99 Discount 10 00 Variables e Price the price before discounts e Sales Price the sales price after discount e Discount percentage discount For example a 30 discount would be entered as 30 Example The coupon is for 10 off the original cost What is the discounted price if the cost is 9 99 Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Price 9 99 Discount 10 Select in the Price row to calculate The sales price is 8 99 6 5 4 E M This section covers included templates beginning with the letters E through M 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 225 powerOneG Graph 6 5 4 1 Energy This template is for Energy conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Variables e Type 1 the unit t
202. er limit for the random integer Must be an integer Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode randTInt 2 2 1 10 returns a 2x2 table filled with random integers each with a value between 1 and 10 e RPN Input Mode 2 ENT 2 ENT 1 ENT 10 randTInt returns a 2x2 table filled with random integers each with a value between 1 and 10 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 131 powerOne Graph 4 8 8 Reciprocal 1 value Returns 1 divided by value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1 15 returns 0 0667 1 89 56 returns 0 0112 1 5 1 4142 returns 0 1852 0 0524 1 2 38 4 returns 1 0 5 0 3333 0 25 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 15 1 x returns 0 0667 89 56 1 x returns 0 0112 e RPN Input Mode 15 1 x returns 0 0667 89 56 1 x returns 0 0112 5 1 4142 1 x returns 0 1852 0 0524 1 2 3 4 1 x returns 1 0 5 0 3333 0 25 4 8 9 Rectangular to Polar Conversion abs x y Returns polar coordinate r given rectangular coordinates x and y Data Types complex Category number Input Modes algebraic Examples abs 6 3 returns 6 7082 abs 12 5 1 2 8 4 returns 12 5399 12 6590 12 8550 13 1244 theta x y Returns polar coordinate q given rectangular coordinates
203. ertain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1 lt 0 55 returns false 1 5 returns true 1 1 returns false 1 2 3 4 lt 2 5 returns true true false false e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 0 55 returns false 1 ENT 5 returns true 1 ENT 1 returns false 1 2 3 4 ENT 2 5 returns true true false false 4 6 13 Less Than or Equal To valueA lt valueB Returns true if valueA less than or equal to valueB Data Types integer floating point date table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 100 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 101 powerOne Graph e Algebraic Input Mode 1 2 0 55 returns false 1 lt 5 returns true 1 lt 21 returns false 1 2 3 4 lt 2 54 5 returns true true true false e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 0 55 lt returns false 1 ENT 5 lt returns true 1 ENT 1 lt returns false 1 2 3 4 ENT 3 lt returns true true true false 4 6 14 Logarithm log value Returns the base 10 logarithm of value Data Types integer floating point complex table Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode log 4 returns 0 6021 log 78 36 returns 1 8941 log b 1 4142 returns 0 7157 0 1197 log 89 53 6 42 76 21 retu
204. erview Display section for information on shared main and pop up calculator functionality and the Input Modes section for information specific to each available input mode A Variable Name displays the name of the selected variable A B Buttons from left to right e Input Mode Button displays a list of available input modes e Save Button select the Y button to store the value in the view window and return to the previous view e Cancel Button select the x button to return without storing C Function Button displays a list of functions available in the pop up calculator This list s functionality depends on the currently selected input mode See the Using the Calculator Input Modes for more information In general entries made in the pop up calculator are separate from those in the main calculator To move data between them store the information in a memory location MEM Store See the Using the Calculator Memory amp Storage section for more information 1 2 Input Modes An input mode is the method by which calculations are performed in the main calculator The different modes reflect the variety of calculation methods performed by currently available hardware calculators The currently selected skin dictates the available input modes See Using the Calculator Interface Overview Skins for more information The input mode is set in the preferences See Using the Calculator Interface Overview for more infor
205. es it returns the value for constants and variables only tables matrices and functions are ignored Data items can also be found by selecting the cnst vars or func category in the function list 299 792 458 000 2 7183 0 0000 9 8066 0 0000 0 0000 1 0000 8 987 551 787 37 M3x1 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 e Edit shows the data editor See the appropriate Types of Data section for more information on creating and editing data e Details available for matrices and tables only displays name and row column information information Delete select to delete the data item e Duplicate select to make a copy of the data item Notes display notes pertaining to the selected data item Export Beam select to show export and beam options for the data item See the Sharing Data section for more C Buttons to create a new data item select New and choose the type of data to create For more information on each type of data see its corresponding discussion within this section To import data select Import See the Sharing Data section for more information Select Done to leave My Data 1 4 1 1 Variables Variables are values or sets of values tables matrices When a variable is used in an expression on the entry line the variable s value is substituted for the variable s name before evaluation This section discusses single value variables New Edit Variables from My Data Generally variables are entered from My
206. es 232 How many atmospheres in a bar Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 Bar Choose from the list Amount 1 1 Type 2 Atmospheres Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically There are 987 atmospheres per bar 6 5 5 4 Regressions This template is for regression model analysis It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template fits any of several different linear and curvilinear regression models to a set of paired observations x y Variables Regressions Method regression method See details below Method Li X Data x data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table etho P MENT column or create a new one x is the independent or predictor X Data upsilon Col 1 variable Y Dataiupsilon Col 2 Y Data y data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table id or create a new one y is the dependent or response 3 1 196900114811 variable LE Frequency frequency list that correlates to both data sets Select b 3 65958668197 the label to choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to r 0 994148571358 1 of Each r 0 98833 1381933 a e values of the regression coefficient
207. es or radians 1 2 2 4 Functions Different input modes offer different functions This lists the available functions for RPN input mode To learn how to see a complete list of functions organized by category See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section To learn more about an individual function see the Functions section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 11 powerOne Graph math 1 x log y x 10 mod y xc gcd In Vx Icm e ax number last EE ceil toBool show abs sign tolnt iPart rnd toFloat fPart degs frac floor dms mFrac trig sin sinh Sec cos cosh csc tan tanh cot asin asinh degrees acos acosh radians atan atanh prob nPr randT nCr randTInt x RandNorm rand RandBin randint stack drop rotr dup swap move stack rot 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator stats tbl median variance countX min varianceP sumX max sigma sumX2 stdDev seq mean stdDevP prod distr nDist NormalCDF fCDF invNorm NormalPDF fPDF BinomCDF GeometCDF chiCDF BinomPDF GeometPDF chiPDF PoissonCDF tCDF PoissonPDF tPDF These functions are only availabl e if the statistics library is installed
208. es set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 30 sin returns 0 9880 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 30 sin returns 0 5 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 4 9 10 Single Payment Future Value spfv percent periods Returns the future value of a single 1 00 payment This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e percent interest rate per compounding period expressed as a percentage e periods number of payments Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 142 spfv 5 360 returns 42 476 396 41 spfv 5 12 360 returns 4 4677 spfv 8 0 returns 1 Spfv 0 144 returns 1 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 360 spfv returns 42 476 396 41 4 9 11 Single Payment Present Value sppv percent periods Returns the present value of a single 1 00 payment This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e percent interest rate per compounding period expressed as a percentage e periods number of payments Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sppv 5 360 returns 2 354e 8 sppv 5 1 2 360 returns 0 2238 sppv 8 0 returns 1 sppv 0 144 returns 1 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 360 sppv returns 2 354e 8 4 9 12 Solve solve The solver uses a non symbolic iterative approach to solve expressions for a particu
209. es with the software e Paste array from clipboard paste comma delimited data from the system clipboard into the Table Editor Infinity Softworks may offer additional export beam and import plug ins from its web site These plug ins could include ones to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information 1 4 1 5 Matrices Matrices only available in modes that use an entry line are values grouped into sets When a matrix is used in an expression on the entry line the matrices data is substituted for the matrices name before evaluation New Edit Matrices from My Data Generally matrices are entered from My Data Select New and choose Matrix for a new matrix Select a matrix from the My Data list and choose Edit to edit the matrix A Name matrices name The name consists of letters capital New Matrix or lower case and optionally numbers 0 9 A name cannot start with a number Note that the name is case sensitive meaning Name zeta that table abc is different from table ABC See the Appendix Restricted Data Names section for names that should not be Size 12 rows x 12 columns used Cancel B Size matrices row and column dimensions Rows and columns can also be added in the editor Matrix Editor 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 29 powerOne Graph A Matrix List shows the name of
210. eturns 2 4699 90 0313 in radians 5 6 7 Ax returns 1 71 1 8171 1 9129 4 3 18 Cumulative Standard Normal Distribution normSDist upperlimit Die the area under the standard normal distribution curve mean 0 standard deviation 1 bounded by an upper imit Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode normSDist 0 5 returns 0 6915 e RPN Input Mode 0 5 ENT normSDist returns 0 6915 4 3 19 Cumulative Sum cumsum value Returns a list of the cumulative sums of the elements in the list or columns of value starting with the first element Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode cumsum 1 2 3 returns 1 3 6 cumsum 1 2 9 8 returns 1 2 10 10 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 cumsum returns 1 3 6 1 2 9 8 cumsum returns 1 2 10 10 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 72 4 4 D F This section covers functions beginning with the letters D through F 4 4 1 Day of Week wkday date Returns a number representing the day of the week 1 Sunday 7 Saturday Date must be a date type or a value in dd mmyyyy format Data Types floating point date table matrix Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode wkday today returns today s weekday num
211. eturns false 5 3 amp amp 6 4 returns true e RPN Input Mode 0 ENT 5 amp amp returns false 1 ENT 5 amp amp returns true 5 ENT 3 gt 5 ENT 3 lt amp amp returns false 5 ENT 3 6 ENT 4 lt gt amp amp returns true valueA amp valueB Returns result of bitwise AND of valueA with valueB Data Types integer table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 110101 b amp 1001 b returns 1 d 13 d amp 105 d returns 9 d 1 2 35 4 amp 5 6 7 8 returns 1 2 8 0 all in decimal base e RPN Input Mode 110101 b ENT 1001 b amp returns 1 d 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 57 powerOne Graph 13 d ENT 105 d amp returns 9 d 1 2 8 4 ENT 5 6 7 8 amp returns 1 2 3 0 all in decimal base 4 2 9 Angle Angle is the same as theta See Rectangular to Polar Conversion for more information 4 2 10 Angle Symbol Used to denote complex numbers in polar format See the Types of Data Complex Numbers section for additional information Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic RPN 4 2 11 Append append valueA valueB Vertically concatenates two structures by adding additional rows provided they have the same number of columns valueA and valueB must be the same data type Data Types table matrix Category matrix Input Mo
212. fer programmable buttons To change the content of any button select it and choose a new item from the list To choose a function select its category and then the function itself At the bottom of the list are Category Calc Log Template and Empty Select Category to set the button to a Function Category Select Calc Log to set a button to the Calculation Log Select Template to set an individual template to a button requires a shortened name To leave the button blank select Empty 1 3 3 Bar Tab Preferences The bar tab appears when the current skin has a function bar This 9 option may not appear in the default skin if that skin does not offer a function bar math num trig prob cmplx To change the content of any location on the bar select it and choose a new item from the list To choose a function select its category and then mtrx calc var mcro cnst the function itself At the bottom of the list are Category Calc Log LC 7 5 E Template and Empty Select Category to set the location to a Function X x Category Select Calc Log to set a location to the Calculation Log Select EUN we are Template to set an individual template to a location requires a shortened In exp log 10 x name To leave the location blank select Empty sn cos tan x The main calculator shows 1 or 2 lines of the 8 available for the function b o A B bar To see other function bar lines
213. ferences section for more information e Decimal Setting float or 0 through 11 e Display Mode normal scientific or engineering notation e Complex Type auto detect always rectangular always polar e Complex Frmt display as a b r t format or a b i r e t i format e Unary Op 2 2 equals 4 like TI or 4 like HP e Trig Mode degrees or radians 1 2 1 4 Functions Different input modes offer different functions This lists the available functions for algebraic input mode To learn how to see a complete list of functions organized by category See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section To learn more about an individual function see the Functions section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator math 1 x log y x 10 mod y xc gcd In Ax lcm e Ax solve number iPart rnd toFloat fPart degs frac floor dms mFrac EE ceil toBool abs sign tolnt trig sin sinh sec cos cosh csc tan tanh cot asin asinh degrees acos acosh radians atan atanh prob nPr randT nCr randTInt x RandNorm rand RandBin randint stats tbl median variance countX min varianceP sumX max sigma sumX2 stdDev seq mean stdDevP prod 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 7 powerOne Graph
214. ft across the top of the main calculator My Data should be visible 3 Select New from the bottom of My Data 4 Choose Table from the list 5 Create the new table e for the name enter eta e for the number of rows enter 10 e for the number of columns enter 1 6 Select OK The table editor should be visible 7 Enter the table as displayed above e select the cell at row 1 column 1 e enter 85 into the pop up calculator e select the checkmark button to save e move to the next cell and repeat with each cell s data until the entire table is entered 8 When finished select OK to save My Data should be visible 9 Select Done in My Data The main calculator should be visible Create a New Graph 10 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 11 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 182 12 Select Data from the pop up list 13 Select the Type label and choose Histogram from the list 14 Select None Selected next to X Select Table Column will display 15 Choose the table and column for the X data e select None Selected and choose table eta from the list e column 1 should be selected automatically e select OK to return to New Graph 16 Frequency will remain 1 of Each
215. function graphs tap down on the screen and drag the cursor With other graph types use the on screen left and right arrows to trace the graph Select the x t or n variable and enter in a new value to evaluate a given point Y Intercept displays the value for y when x is 0 This point is automatically displayed Roots finds the value for x when y is 0 Draw a box on the screen where the equation crosses the x axis Draw a box by clicking in the top left hand corner dragging to the lower right hand corner and releasing Intersection finds the intersection of two equations only available when more than one function graph is drawn Draw a box around the intersecting area to find the data point Draw a box by clicking in the top left hand corner 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 170 dragging to the lower right hand corner and releasing Derivative calculates the derivative of the selected point It is in the following forms dy dx first and d2y d2x second for function graphs dy dx dy dt and dx dt for parametric graphs and dy dx and dr dt for polar graphs With function graphs tap down on the screen and drag the cursor With other graph types use the on screen left and right arrows to trace the graph Select the x or t variable and enter in a new value to evaluate a given point Integral calculates the integral based on an upper u and lower boundary Enter the boundaries manually or by
216. g each data point in the data list has one point with no accompanying frequency amount Select an existing table and column or create a new one by selecting that option from the table list To see the currently selected table choose the Edit button There must be the same total number of Freq data points as X data points Data Axis used with normal probability plots Select to designate whether the data list is drawn on the X or Y axis See normal probability above for more information Line choose a line pattern for the plot From left to right solid single line dots dashes dash dot and double solid line are available some devices may only offer solid single line dots and double solid line Note that some data graphs ignore the line choice Mark choose a data point mark pattern for the plot From left to right circle large solid box large hollow box small solid box cross hairs Note that some data graphs ignore the mark choice Color choose a color for the line and mark On black and white devices where color is not available the line and mark are drawn in black Buttons select OK to save changes and Cancel to delete changes and leave New Edit Graph Select Notes to add notes about the graph Regression used with scatter plots Select to draw a regression model along with the plot Choose No Regression to draw only the scatter plot See Templates Included Templates Regressions for more information on each regre
217. graph window Y Min minimum on the y axis vertical bottom edge of the graph window When in an analysis mode the bottom 12 5 is clipped however Y Min setting remains the same Y Max maximum on the y axis vertical top edge of the graph window When in an analysis mode the top 12 5 is clipped however Y Max setting remains the same X Scale determines the tick intervals on the x axis Y Scale determines the tick intervals on the y axis Unfiled Graph Window X Min 8 X Max 8 Y Min 6 Y Max 6 X Scale 1 n Y Scale 1 ZoomScle2 ennnnne Show Axis vf Show Grid vf Show Range 4 Zoom Scale ratio to jump when zooming in or out A setting of 2 means 2 times Show Axis check this box to show the axis See Graphing Graph Display for a picture Show Grid check this box to show the grid See Graphing Graph Display for a picture Show Range check this box to show the range values See for a picture Buttons select OK to save changes and Cancel to delete changes and leave Window Settings Select Default to reset the currently visible category s window settings to its default values as shown above Select Set All to set all categories window settings to the currently visible category s settings 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 168 5 5 Graph Display Graph Display is where graphs are drawn and analyzed A Category gr
218. gt from the list select OK in Edit Graph New Graph should be visible only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only y x gt 2 x 2 is checked select Graph at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the shaded parabola drawn on the screen C Family of Curves families of curves are used to explore differences between equations when a single variable is altered To graph a family of curves use a table as one of the variables in the equation e select Done in the Graph display My Graphs should be visible select the desired equation choose Edit from the list Edit Graph should be visible alter the equation to read 2 4 6 x 2 no quotes Braces can be found by selecting f x then stats Semi colon is in the top right hand corner above divide select gt and choose from the list select OK in Edit Graph New Graph should be visible only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only y x gt 2 4 6 x 2 is checked select Graph at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the three parabolas drawn on the screen 5 6 2 Parametric The Example This is an example to show basic features of parametric graphing This example uses the equations x cos t and y sin t What is covered e Create a parametric graph e Trace the curve Other items discussed briefs e Table of data e Family of curves Create a New Graph 1 Launch t
219. gular or polar format depending on the format preferred by the last operation performed If set to rectangular answers will always return in rectangular format either a b or a b i format If set to polar answers will always return in polar format either r t or r e t i format See the Types of Data Complex Numbers section for more information on complex numbers Complex Frmt algebraic RPN sets the format in which a complex number is displayed Complex numbers can be displayed and entered in a format standard to Infinity Softworks a b or r t for rectangular and polar respectively or can be displayed in a standard mathematical format a b i or r e t i for rectangular and polar respectively See the Types of Data Complex Numbers section for more information on complex numbers Unary Op algebraic determines whether the negative sign has higher or lower precedence than power operations Different calculators offer different precedence TI calculators use the convention 2 4 while HP calculators follow the rule 2 4 Trig Mode algebraic RPN order of operations chain modes calculates trigonometric functions as either degrees or radians 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 22 1 3 2 Button Tab Preferences e The button tab appears when the current skin has programmable Buttons buttons This option may not appear in the default skin if that skin does not of
220. he keypad Line choose a line pattern for the curve From left to right solid single line dots dashes dash dot and double solid line are available some devices may only offer solid single line dots and double solid line Color choose a color for the line and shading On black and white devices where color is not available the line is drawn in black and shading for inequalities is handled automatically Buttons select OK to save changes and Cancel to delete changes and leave New Edit Graph Select Notes to add notes about the graph New Graph Name enter a name for the graph This is optional If the graph has aname the name will be displayed instead of the equation in My Graphs If a graph is named this name can be used in other function graphs See Graphing Examples Graph Names for more on graph names Category Unfiled Category choose a category for this graph Line H Color Line same as Line in the Data Tab Color same as Color in the Data Tab Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab analysis functions Float shows all available decimal places 0 through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large Dec Setting Float numbers fewer decimal places may be displayed because of the Disp Mode v Normal Trig Mode Radians total number of places available to show Disp Mode display numbers in normal scientific or engineering X Min 1E301 notation when using the analysis fun
221. he bill after taxes if the tax rate is 7 25 Variable Entry Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Before Tax 39 96 Tax Rate 7 25 Select in the After Tax row to calculate The bill after taxes is 42 86 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 235 powerOneG Graph 6 5 6 T This section covers included templates beginning with the letter T 6 5 6 1 T Confidence Interval One Sample This template is for one sample t confidence intervals for a population mean It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template calculates a confidence interval for an unknown population mean Mean p based on a random sample from a normal population with unknown standard deviation The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data Variables E Interval e Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate vale Input Data e Data data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Frequency frequency list for th
222. he bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 4 Select Polar from the pop up list 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 175 powerOneG Graph 5 Enter 2 t without quotation marks on the entry line On the keypad enter 2 x t e decimal point whether period or comma is in the lower left hand corner to the right of backspace e multiplication symbol is in the lower right hand corner to the left of divide e t is in the top left hand corner of the keypad next to f x 6 No other graph information needs to be entered at this time 7 Select OK at the bottom of the screen to save the graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 8 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only r t 2 t is checked 9 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the curve drawn on the screen Evaluate 10 Select Analysis at bottom of the Graph display 11 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 2596 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 596 at each the top and bottom e Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button A e cross hairs A in the picture draw at the currently evaluated point e the current equation B is displayed This is the equation being analyzed If there is more than one equation drawn C at the same time choose the equation and select another graph to analyze
223. he software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 3 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 4 Select Parametric from the pop up list 5 Enter cos t without quotation marks on the entry line next to x t On the keypad enter cos t e cos can be found by selecting f x then trig The parentheses are added automatically e t is in the top left hand corner of the keypad to the right of f x 6 Enter sin t without quotation marks on the entry line next to y t On the keypad enter sin t 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 174 e sin can be found by selecting f x then trig The parentheses are added automatically e t is in the top left hand corner of the keypad to the right of f x 7 Select OK at the bottom of the screen to save the graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 8 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only x t cos t y t sin t is checked 9 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the curve drawn on the Screen Trace Graph Unfiled 10 Select Analysis at bottom of the Graph display 11 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 2596 of the screen is clipped t
224. iable Data the value or data for the variable To enter data select its value and enter it The data can be entered if it is underlined otherwise it can only be calculated Data can be shown in multiple ways See the Using the Templates Types of Variable Data section for more information D Calculate indicates that the variable can be calculated Select it to perform the calculation E Buttons while there may be more than two buttons these two exist in every template e Done or OK exits the template e Clear or C clears the contents of the template This reverts the data to its defaults 6 4 3 Types of Variable Data There are 5 variable data types currently available Variable data appears in the middle column of the template and can be selected and edited if it is underlined otherwise it can only be calculated Each variable data type is discussed here Numbers Numbers are entered using the pop up calculator To enter a number e select the variable s data e enter the number with the keypad or use the calculator to compute it e select the Y save button to return to the template and save the number or choose x cancel button to return to the template without saving See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section for more information on the pop up calculator Lists Lists show a set of defined options To choose an item from a list e select the variable e choose an option from the list scrolling if n
225. ian mortgages compound interest twice per year instead of monthly What is the monthly payment to fully amortize a 30 year 80 000 Canadian mortgage if the interest rate is 1296 Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Pmt Timing End Loans payments at the end of the period Choose from the list Present Val 80 000 Positive because cash inflow Future Val 0 Intrst Yr 12 00 Periods 360 30 years at 12 periods per year Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 2 Select in the Payment row to calculate The payment will be 805 11 It is negative because it is a cash outflow Bi Weekly Mortgage Payments A buyer is considering a 100 000 home loan with monthly payments an annual interest rate of 996 and a term of 30 years Instead of making monthly payments the buyer realizes that he can build equity faster by making bi weekly payments every two weeks How long will it take to pay off the loan Part 1 Calculate the monthly payment 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 244 Templates Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Pmt Timing End Choose from the list Present Val 100 000 Future Val 0 Intrst Yr 9 00 Periods 360 30 years at 12 periods per year Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 Select 2 in the Payment row to calculate Calculating shows payment equal to
226. iation Declining Balance Depreciation degrees Degrees to DMS Conversion Degrees to Radians Conversion degs DepDBBV DepDBDA DepDBDV DepDBSLBV DepDBSLDA DepDBSLDV DepSLBV DepSLDA DepSLDV DepSOYDBV DepSOYDDA DepSOYDDV Derivative Second det Determinant Difference Between Dates Dimension Discount Disp Mode Display Mode Distribution Division Division by 0 dms DMS to Degrees Conversion dot Dot Product Drop dup Duplicate e ec Edit Effective Interest Rate EffNom Electron Mass Elemental Charge 73 74 127 74 75 78 74 74 74 73 73 73 147 147 147 150 150 150 75 76 76 76 77 77 224 197 5 10 15 18 20 39 77 263 74 78 78 78 10 146 10 146 10 22 146 24 81 24 79 79 24 24 Empty data set Energy ENT Enter Enter Mode Entry Line Equals Error Error Messages Exclusive Or exp Exponent Exponential Export sF F Cumulative Distribution F Probability Distribution fact Factorial fCDF Fill Finance Floating Point Convert To Numbers Floor fMax fMin fnint For Force fpart fPDF frac Fraction Display As Fractional Part Fractions Freeze Rows Frobenius Norm Function Bar Function Button Function Graph Example Function Maximum Functions Algebraic 263 225 79 79 10 20 4 9 79 263 263 80 81 81 24 81 30 191 198 82 82 83 83 82 83 40 83 83 34 84 103 106 97 138 140 225 270
227. ied mean This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e mean mean of the distribution Must be an integer or floating point number gt 0 e x must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode PoissonCDF 3 5 2 returns 0 3208 e RPN Input Mode 3 5 ENT 2 PoissonCDF returns 0 3208 4 7 12 Poisson Probability Distribution PoissonPDF mean x Returns the probability at x for the discrete Poisson distribution with specified mean This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e mean mean of the distribution Must be an integer or floating point number gt 0 e x must be an integer gt 0 Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode PoissonPDF 3 5 2 returns 0 1850 e RPN Input Mode 3 5 ENT 2 PoissonPDF returns 0 1850 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 121 powerOne Graph 4 7 13 Polar to Rectangular Conversion imag r q Returns y coordinate given polar coordinates r and q Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category cmplx Input Modes algebraic Examples e Trig Mode preference set to Radians imag 5 4 returns 3 7840 when Trig Mode set to radians imag 8 4 5 e 1 2 7 8 returns 2 5244 3 6372 3 2849 5 9361 when Trig Mode set to radians imag valueA Returns imaginary part of a complex number Data Types complex Category
228. in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template calculates the regression coefficients in a simple linear regression of y on x and tests for significant non zero slope of the line or for significant non zero correlation between y and x The fitted equation is y ax b where a is the slope and b is the y intercept The null hypothesis is that there is no regression relationship or correlation between y and x that the true slope is zero Variables LinReg TTest e X Data x data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table Ts column or create a new one Must have the same number of data X Data ixi Col 1 points as Y Data and at least two observations Y Data ixi Col 2 e Y Data y data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one Must have the same number of data Hypothesis 0 points as X Data and at least two observations t46 15171873482 3 e Frequency frequency list that correlates to both data sets Select PAS the label to choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to P value 3 4668858895E 9 2 1 of Each df 6 e Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are whether Slope 17 10366959676 the add he alae coefficient are not equal to less than or Intercept 17 19575833682 3 greater than 0 e t test statistic s 11 09238993034 2 e p value probability value or observed significance level e df degrees of freedom e Slop
229. information about the product 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 169 powerOne Graph 5 5 1 Analysis Modes There are 14 analysis modes for analyzing graphs This chart provides a brief overview Type Selection Function Parametric Polar Sequence Plotting Hide None x x X X X Trace Eval Drag x x x x X Y Intercept None X Roots Box X Intersection Box x Derivative Drag X X X Integral Box X Inflection Box X Minimum Box X Maximum Box X Distance Points X Arc Points X Tangent Drag X Regression None X Crop Box x Selection describes how to select the information to analyze e None no selection required e Drag when analyzing function graphs click down on the graph and drag the cursor For other graph types use the on screen scroll arrows to move left or right e Points click down on the display to select the first point drag to the second point and release e Box click down in the top left hand corner drag to the lower right hand corner and release Available when two or more function equations are drawn Regression curves are function graphs When a regression curve is drawn all function analysis modes are also available Each analysis mode is as follows Hide hides the analysis area Trace Eval traces and evaluates the graph This mode displays the coordinates for the current cursor location With
230. integer floating point date table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1 gt 0 55 returns true 1 5 returns false 1 gt 1 returns true 1 2 3 4 gt 2 5 5 returns false false true true e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 0 55 gt returns true 1 ENT 5 gt returns false 1 ENT 1 gt returns true 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 1 2 3 4 ENT 3 gt returns false false true true 4 5 12 Greatest Common Denominator gcd valueA valueB Returns the greatest common integer divisor of valueA and valueB where 2 lt valueA valueB lt 2 Data Types integer floating point table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode gcd 12 63 returns 3 gcd 5 10 10 4 returns 5 2 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 12 gcd 63 returns 3 e RPN Input Mode 12 ENT 63 ENT gcd returns 3 5 10 ENT 10 4 gcd returns 5 2 4 5 13 Hexadecimal value h Designates that value is entered as an hexadecimal number Data Types boolean integer Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode OA h is equal to 10 d decimal OE h 1101 b returns 01B h e RPN Input Mode OE h ENT 1101 b
231. ion on base fraction modes 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 35 powerOne Graph 2 5 Fractions Fractions only available in modes that use an entry line are floating point numbers expressed with a numerator denominator and sometimes an integer whole number There are two types of fractions e Fractions also referred to as irregular fractions consist of a numerator and denominator Examples are 3 5 and 56 2 It is recommended that fractions be enclosed in parentheses An example is 3 5 without quotation marks e Mixed Fractions consist of a whole number numerator and denominator Examples are 15 1 2 and 1 3 5 Separate the whole number from the fraction with a plus symbol It is recommended that mixed fractions be enclosed in parentheses An example is 1 3 5 without quotation marks See Subject Areas Fractions for more information 2 6 Dates amp Times Dates only available in modes that use an entry line refer to both month day year and time of day There are two formats e Date day month year entered as dd mmyyyy a 2 digit day 2 digit month and 4 digit year Years must be between 1900 and 3000 An example is September 27 1987 This would be entered as 27 091987 without quotation marks e Time hour minute second millisecond entered in hh mmssmmm format 2 digits each for hour minute and second and 3 digits for millisecond Hours should be entered in military time 0 23 hours For exam
232. iprocal Power of 10 Absolute Value Rectangular to Polar Conversion Arc Cosine Hyperbolic Arc Cosine Adjust Date Adjust Time Append Arc Sine Hyperbolic Arc Sine Arc Tangent Hyperbolic Arc Tangent Augment Binomial Cumulative Distribution 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions BinomPDF BondA BondP Bondy cbrt CE C ceil CfoCount CfoIRR CfoMIRR CfoNFV CfoNPV CfoNUS CfoPbk CfoProf CfoTot chiCDF chiPDF choose Clear cNorm cond conj cos cosh cot countX cross csc cumSum dDays degrees degs DepDBBV DepDBDA Binomial Probability Distribution Bond Accrued Interest Bond Price Bond Yield Cubed Root Clear Ceiling Count Internal Rate of Return Modified Internal Rate of Return Net Future Value Net Present Value Net Uniform Series Payback Profitability Index Total Chi Squared Cumulative Distribution Chi Squared Probability Distribution Choose Memory Column Norm Condition Conjugate Cosine Hyperbolic Cosine Cotangent Occurrences Cross Product Cosecant Cumulative Sum Difference Between Dates Radians to Degrees Conversion DMS to Degrees Conversion Declining Balance Depreciation Declining Balance Depreciation 46 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 47 powerOne Graph DepDBDV DepDBSLBV DepDBSLDA DepDBSLDV DepSLBV DepSLDA DepSLDV DepSOYDBV DepSOYDDA DepSOY
233. irectly without iterating to an answer In this case max and min range settings are not available 6 6 3 Solver Limitations Certain functionality offered with included templates is not available with solver created ones Commonly requested one are listed here e Data entry only numbers Booleans Integers and Floating Point Numbers can be entered into a template although dates dd mmyyyy and times hh mmssmmm can be entered in number formats Other data types can be used in the equation but cannot be entered Multiple equations templates are designed to work with single equations only although multiple equations can be derived by using choose if and solving in the equation See the Templates Creating Templates Examples section for more information Buttons there is no mechanism for creating buttons next to Done and Clear e Pop up Lists there is no mechanism for creating pop up lists 6 6 4 Examples This section includes examples for creating custom templates From time to time Infinity Softworks posts supplemental materials on its web site See product support at www infinitysw com graph for additional examples 6 6 4 1 Inflation This example demonstrates template creation basics The Example The equation for inflation is FutureVal PresentVal 1 Inflation 100 Years where e FutureVal is the future amount e PresentVal is the present amount 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 253 powerOneG Gra
234. isplays time in hour minute second format 4hrs 7mins 30sec would display as 4 0730 Hrs Frac displays time as a fraction of an hour e Sum the end time Example Time Time 1 12 15 pm Time 2 4 50 pm Sum 9 00 pm Done Clear OOO OOG Time Difference A project began at 12 15pm and concluded at 4 50pm How much time was spent on the project Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Time 1 12 15pm Time 2 4 50pm Make sure Diff Hrs is showing instead of Diff H MM Select in the Diff Hrs row to calculate This project took 4 5833 hours 4 hours 35 minutes Time Sum If you start driving at 3 15 pm and the trip will take 5hrs 45mins what time will you arrive Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Time 3 15 pm H MMSS 5 45 Select in the Sum row to calculate You will arrive at 9 00pm 6 5 6 5 Tip This template is for Tip and bill splitting calculations It is in the Business category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 240 Variables e Method the calculation method Choose Select to select a ti percentage from a list
235. ist Returns the population variance of the list datalist occlist is an optional argument that can contain a list of occurences corresponding to the values in datalist e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist occlist is optional for algebraic input mode but required for RPN input mode Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode varP 1 2 3 4 5 returns 2 varP 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 1 7025 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 varP returns 2 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 varP returns 1 7025 5 Graphing 5 1 Accessing There are four ways to access graphing e In the main calculator select the Graph button at the top of the screen to go to My Graphs See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section for more on this button e In the main calculator select powerOne then select My Graphs Select the Graph or similar button at the bottom of a template Some templates offer graphing while others do not See the Templates section for more information Some third party software applications offer single touch graphing fr
236. ithout quotation marks Decimal base 10 numbers the suffix d designates that the number is decimal Decimal values consist of numbers 0 through 9 To designate the number 53 as decimal enter 53 d without quotation marks e Hexadecimal base 16 numbers the suffix h designates that the number is hexadecimal Hexadecimal values consist of numbers 0 through 9 and letters A through F To designate the number 5A as hexadecimal enter 5A h without quotation marks To designate the number BF as hexadecimal enter OBF_h without quotation marks note that a hexadecimal value must start with a number so it is not confused with a variable constant or function See Subject Areas Base Numbers for more information 2 4 Floating Point Numbers Floating point numbers are numbers with a fractional portion Numbers such as 3 5 75 235 and 1E 2 are floating point numbers The number 3 0 is also a floating point number because of the 0 portion if it were written as 3 it would be an integer number Floating point numbers are in the range 1E308 to 1E308 If the input mode allows the base fraction mode should be set to decimal fraction or mixed fraction In decimal mode answers are returned as floating point numbers or integers In fraction and mixed fraction mode answers are returned as fractions In other modes the entries are rounded before proceeding See the appropriate section in Using the Calculator Input Modes for more informat
237. ity value or observed significance level of the test Graphing To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of a t distribution Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Data 1 59 73 74 61 92 60 84 54 73 47 102 75 33 Freq 1 1 Of Each Data 2 71 63 40 34 38 48 60 75 47 41 44 86 53 Freq 2 1 Of Each Pooled Yes Hypothesis not equal Choose from the list Select in the Mean x1 row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 213 powerOneG Graph Variable Calculated Mean x1 68 2308 Sx1 18 6599 ni 13 Mean x2 53 8462 Sx2 16 0148 n2 13 Sx pooled 17 3877 df 24 t 2 1092 p value 4 555e 2 If pooled is set to No the following answers are returned Variable Calculated Mean x1 68 2308 Sx1 18 6599 ni 13 Mean x2 53 8462 Sx2 16 0148 n2 13 df 23 4602 t 2 1092 p value 0 0458 The graph would appear as follows 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 214 Done Analysis Zoom A 6 5 2 6 2 Sample Z Confidence Interval This template is for 2 sample z confidence intervals It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this tem
238. ive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoMIRR 12 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 31 53 CfoMIRR I CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfoMIRR 12 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 31 53 e RPN Input Mode 12 ENT 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoMIRR returns 31 53 4 6 26 Modulo Division mod valueA valueB Returns remainder of valueA divided by valueB Data Types integer floating point table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode mod 5 2 returns 1 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 108 mod 6 8 1 67 returns 0 12 mod 68 42 33 28 99 34 8 7 6 5 22 7 returns 2 0 3 8 11 6 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 mod 2 returns 1 6 8 mod 1 67 returns 0 12 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 2 mod returns 1 6 8 ENT 1 67 mod returns 0 12 68 42 33 28 99 34 ENT 8 7 6 5 22 7 mod returns 2 0 3 3 11 6 4 6 27 Multiplication valueA valueB Returns valueA times valueB Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category not applicable Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Exa
239. ized into multiple columns where there are the same number of elements in each row A vector is a matrix with only one column See the Using the 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Types of Data Calculator Memory amp Storage My Data section for more on creating matrices See Subject Areas Matrices for more information 36 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 37 powerOne Graph 3 Subject Areas 3 1 Base Numbers See Types of Data Base Numbers for a detailed definition Base numbers available in algebraic and RPN input mode only can be used in any function or with any operand that uses integers The following functions are commonly used specifically with base numbers category in bold dev X b A amp 0 B gt d C oh D lt lt E gt gt F Examples Each example assumes the base fraction mode is set to decimal See the appropriate Using the Calculator Input Modes section for more information on setting the base fraction mode 53 23 returns 76 decimal 23_d 101_b returns 28 decimal 0A5 h 5F_h dr returns 260 d decimal 0A5 h 5F_h hreturns 0104 h hexadecimal 1011 b lt lt 2 5b returns 101100 b binary If the base fraction mode is set to binary octal or hexadecimal numbers are entered in that mode by default and answers will return in that format For example if the mode is set to hexadecimal 53 d 23 dreturns 04
240. l and complex roots of a polynomial expression Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples x 2x 5x 6 0 e Algebraic Input Mode poly 1 2 5 6 returns 2 1 3 e RPN Input Mode 1 ENT 2 ENT 5 ENT 6 poly returns 2 1 3 4 7 16 Power valueA valueB Returns valueA raised to valueB Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category math 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 123 powerOne Graph Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 3 3 returns 27 3 2 2 returns 0892 5 6 7 1 2 3 returns 5 36 343 4 5 7 8 4 returns 7 641 9 000 12 600 14 841 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 3 3 returns 27 3 2 2 returns 0892 e RPN Input Mode 3 ENT 3 returns 27 3 ENT 2 2 ENT returns 0892 5 6 7 ENT 1 2 3 returns 5 36 343 4 5 7 8 ENT 4 returns 7 641 9 000 12 600 14 841 4 7 17 Power of 10 10 value Returns 10 raised to the power of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 10 1 23 returns 0 0589 10 5 1 4142 returns 99 342 6510 11 447 1697 10 4 2 1 65 3 96 returns 15848 9319 44 6684 9120 1084 e Order of Opera
241. lable to show Disp Mode display numbers in normal scientific or engineering notation when using the analysis functions Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper or if the number is too large or too small to display all places in scientific notation Scientific mode displays numbers in 3 45e67 format The number of places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal setting Engineering mode uses the decimal setting to determine a number of displayed significant digits and then adjusts the exponent to be a multiple of 3 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the Default decimal setting Trig Mode calculate trigonometric functions as either degrees or radians T Min starting value of t for the parametric graph T Max ending value of t for the parametric graph T Step the amount by which t increments when calculating each x y point for the parametric graph Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab except Default which resets the preferences to their original settings 5 3 3 Polar This section describes New Edit Graphs layout for polar graphs Polar graphs are those that define dependent variable r radius in terms of independent variable t theta or angle Data Tab New Graph r t select to change graph types Entry Lines enter the polar equation on the line Use the keypad to speed entry See the Graphing New Edit Graphs section for more on the keypad Line choos
242. lar variable Because the method is iterative it can take a significant amount of time to complete and may fail to return a result or return a result that is inexact but within the tolerance permitted when using floating point math This function is not required when creating templates The function returns a floating point number containing the value for variable that causes expression to be equal to zero expression and variable are both strings The algorithm will use default minimum and maximum bracket values of 1E300 and 1E300 respectively The iteration methodology is as follows It will take the mid point between the minimum and maximum and step towards the maximum bracket until a sign change is detected It will then search for a root around the sign change using Brent s method If the search in a does not yield a sign change then it steps negatively towards the minimum bracket from the mid point between the bracket values until a sign change is found It will then search for a root around the sign change using Brent s method If a sign change is not found in a or b it gives up The following forms are available solve expression variable e expression the expression to solve for Must be in quotations e variable the variable within the expression to solve for Must be in quotations Category math 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 143 powerOneG Graph Input Modes algebraic Examples solve x 5 32 x
243. lculate the Negative X Value 10 Calculate the negative x value e select the button on the same line as NegX e the negative x value is 3 46 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 260 For more on formatting variables see the Templates Using the Templates Variable Preferences section This template and others are available for free download from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph 6 6 4 7 Using Data in Multiple Templates The global preference setting for variables makes it possible to share data between templates The Example This example will utilize the inflation template created earlier The problem summarize average monthly expenses and determine the equivalent amount needed 30 years from now to retire The monthly expenses to consider Rents including gas electricity water and garbage Health Insurance Groceries Automobile Expenses Entertainment To perform the calculation one template will be created to summarize these expenses This template will share the total amount with a second inflation calculation template Create the Inflation Template If the inflation template has already been created skip to step 7 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 3 Select New Template near the bottom
244. le that can be synchronized to the desktop for archival or sharing purposes e Export category to file save the current category and all associated templates in a file that can be synchronized to the desktop for archival or sharing purposes e Beam template beam the selected template to another handheld that has this software Beam category beam the current category and all associated templates to another handheld that has this software e Write results to Memo Pad saves the resulting calculations to the Memo Pad Infinity Softworks may offer additional export beam plug ins from its web site These plug ins could include ones to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information Import Option 1 import templates e Select Import at the bottom of My Templates e Select the desired import option e Follow the on screen directions if any are required Option 2 import template data e Open the template select the template and choose Use from the list Select Import from the Options menu Select the desired import option Follow the on screen directions if any are required Two data import option comes with the software e Import templates from files find template files and import them Generally template files are imported automatically when the software is first started However the expansion memory is not searched Choose this
245. lgebraic Input Mode hms 10 8083 returns 10 4830 e RPN Input Mode with Preferences Decimal Settings set to 4 10 8083 hms returns 10 4830 4 5 7 Get Item getltem list index Returns the element at position index from list Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic Examples getltem 6 7 8 9 2 returns 7 getltem matrix row col Returns the element at column and row from matrix Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode getltem 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 2 returns 5 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 ENT 2 ENT 2 getltem returns 5 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 90 6 7 8 9 ENT 2 ENT 1 getltem returns 7 4 5 8 Get Row getRow struct row Returns a list or vector containing the elements of row in struct e struct the table or matrix to get the row from e row the row number to get Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic Examples getRow 6 7 8 9 3 returns 8 getRow struct row1 row2 Returns a table or matrix containing the rows row1 through row2 from struct e struct the table or matrix to get the rows from e row1 the number of the first row to get e row2 the number of the last row to get Data Types matrix table Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode getRow 1 2 3 4 5
246. lower lower boundary Must be an integer or floating point number less than upper e upper upper boundary Must be an integer or floating point number greater than lower Category distr Input Modes algebraic Examples NormalCDF 5 15 returns 2 871e 7 NormalCDF lower upper mean stddev Same as above except e mean mean of the distribution If not specified mean is 0 If specified must be an integer or floating point number e stddev standard deviation of the distribution If not specified stddev is 1 If specified must be an integer or floating point number greater than O Category distr Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode NormalCDF 5 15 3 5 2 returns 0 2266 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 15 ENT 3 5 ENT 2 NormalCDF returns 0 2266 4 6 34 Normal Probability Distribution NormalPDF x Returns the value of the probability density function for the standard Normal distribution at the specified x value This function is only available if p1 Stats Lib is installed e x the value to evaluate Category distr Input Modes algebraic Examples NormalPDF 0 025 returns 0 3988 NormalPDF x mean stddev 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 113 powerOne Graph Same as above except e mean mean of the distribution If not specified mean is O If specified must be an integer or floating point number e stddev standard deviation of the distribution If not specified stddev is
247. ls is on the right side of the keypad next to plus e if solving and comparison equals are available by selecting f x then bool e Quotes are on the right side of the keypad next to equals e Semi colon is on the left side of the keypad below f x 6 Select OK to finish The quadratic template should be visible 7 Turn off auto solve in the template preferences e select the menu button below the Applications button or on some devices select the title bar choose the Options menu select Template Prefs uncheck Auto Compute select OK The sales tax template should be visible 8 Adjust the range for PosX and NegX The solver usually finds positive results first Adjust the range to force the negative answer select the menu button below the Applications button or on some devices select the title bar choose the Options menu select Variable Prefs select y next to Variable choose PosX change Range Min to 0 by selecting the arrow to the right of min and selecting O select PosX next to Variable choose NegX change Range Max to 0 by selecting the arrow to the right of max and selecting 0 Calculate the Positive X Value 9 Enter 9 for y e select 0 next to y e enter 9 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 10 Calculate the positive x value e select the button on the same line as PosX e the positive x value is 3 46 Ca
248. ltiply 5 Five Divide 6 Six Equals Enter 7 Seven Lt Paren 8 Eight Rt Paren 9 Nine S Store Decimal Pt I Recall n Sign return Save e Exponent Note that the Graffiti shift indicator is in the view window both on the main and pop up calculators 1 2 3 1 Display 1 25 800 000 000 000 A View Window number display area B Status Indicators e Shift Indicator Standard Palm OS Graffiti shift indicator Clear Clear serves two functions in this mode Selecting it once displays the clear indicator and clears only the number currently being entered Selecting it the second time clears the entire calculation If the status indicator clear appears the currently entered number has been cleared e Deg Rad Whether calculator is in degrees or radians mode OOO Currently in order of operations input mode e 0 parentheses indicator The number in the middle shows the number of left parentheses that are still open i e do not have a closing right parenthesis 1 2 3 2 Preferences The following preferences are available in order of operations input mode See the Using the Calculator Preferences section for more information e Decimal Setting float or 0 through 11 e Display Mode normal scientific or engineering notation 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 16 e Trig Mode degrees or radians 1 2 3 3 Functions Different input modes offer differe
249. lue 19 in the picture Selecting the location designation H1 in this picture does one of three things If the designation starts with H selecting it recalls the full precision to the entry line for use in the next calculation If the designation starts with M selecting it displays the matrix editor If the designation starts with T selecting it displays the table editor C Base Fraction Mode select this button to change number base or to display results as fractions For instance after changing the mode to hexadecimal all entries and calculations are assumed to be hexadecimal unless designated as something else See the Using the Calculator Types of Data section for detailed information on each mode e Fraction results are displayed as fractions e g 3 4 e Mix Fraction results are displayed as mixed fractions e g 2 4 5 e Binary results are displayed as binary numbers e g 11001 b and values entered into the entry line are treated as binary numbers 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 5 powerOne Graph e Octal results are displayed as octal numbers e g 845 o and values entered into the entry line are treated as octal numbers e Decimal decimal mode is the default mode for entering values complex numbers etc e g 8 35 90 d e Hexadecimal results are displayed as hexadecimal numbers e g 8F h OAC h and values entered into the entry line are treated as hexadecimal numbers Hexadecimal numbers that b
250. m 5 6 7 Bar Graph The Example This is an example to show basic features of bar graphs This example uses the same table as the histogram example Please see that example to learn how to create a table What is covered e Create a bar graph e Zoom using best fit e Trace data points Create a New Graph 1 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 2 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 3 Select Data from the pop up list 4 Select the Type label and choose Bar from the list 5 Select None Selected next to X Select Table Column will display 6 Choose the table and column for the X data e select None Selected and choose table eta from the list e column 1 should be selected automatically e select OK to return to New Graph 7 Frequency will remain 1 of Each 8 Select OK at the bottom of New Graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 9 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only X eta Col 1 Freq 1 of Each is checked 10 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible but no data can be seen yet Adjust the Display 22 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 23 Choose Best Fit e the screen adjusts to show the plotted points 1997 2005 Infi
251. m and y intercept b at that point Tap down on the screen and drag the cursor or select the x variable and enter in a new value to evaluate a given point Regression displays a selected regression model Change models by selecting the regression equation Select the magnification icon to see additional information regarding the regression and the disc button to save the regression as its own function graph The regression model saves with the selected data when exiting the regression mode window See the Included Templates Regression section for more information on each of the models Crop provides a method for the data to be cropped Draw a box around the data points to keep or remove then select either the Keep Selected or Remove Selected button The data will be copied to a new table with crop appended to the end of the name and a new data plot will be created The new data plot will also be redrawn on the display The original data is not modified 5 5 2 Zooming There are 9 zoom modes for moving around the graph Default returns to the default window setting Previous returns to the previous window setting Center repositions the screen so the selected point becomes the center of the display Select a point in the graph window to reposition In zooms in on the selected point on the screen Zoom In zooms Zoom Scale times as set in the Window Settings Select a point in the graph window to reposition See the Graphing
252. mation on accessing the preferences 1 2 1 Algebraic Input Mode Algebraic is the most common input mode used with scientific calculators In algebraic mode the entire equation is entered than the ENT button is selected to evaluate the equation This mode follows common order of operation rules for function precedence The following chart outlines function precedence Functions with a lower order are executed before functions with a higher order 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 4 Order Function 1 Negative x Powers and roots Multiplication division and percentages Addition and subtraction Relationship operations gt lt O oy A O rnm Logic or Boolean operations or and For example 27 3 x 8 5 is evaluated as 3 x 8 5 27 Key Display Comments CLR 27 27 27 3 27 3 X 27 3 8 5 2743 8 5 ENT 52 5 Enter evaluates the entire equation at once 1 2 1 1 Display A History List shows the past 4 equation answer combinations Select the button to see the list It is organized the same as in B below B Last Equation Answer the top line shows the last equation entered the lower line shows the last result To recall the last equation entered to the entry line select it To recall the last result as the number of decimal places displayed on the screen select the last answer s va
253. mortgage is paid down to 0 The first 12 assumes monthly payments The second 12 assumes interest compounds monthly The second 0 assumes payments are made at the end of the period common for loans and mortgages The problem to calculate what is the monthly payment to pay off a 300 000 mortgage at 6 7596 interest over 30 years 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 255 powerOneG Graph Creating the Template 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 3 Select New Template near the bottom of the list 4 Enter Mortgage no quotes for the name 5 Enter Payment tvmpmt Years 12 IntRate Mortgage 0 12 12 0 no quotes for the equation e negative and minus are the same It is on the right side of the keypad e equals is on the right side of the keypad e TVM payment tvmpmt is available by selecting f x then finance at the bottom of the list If the category finance is not available the finance library may not be installed Reinstall the finance library to complete this problem 6 Select OK to finish The mortgage template should be visible Calculate Monthly Payment 7 Enter 30 years e select 0 next to Years e enter 30 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 8 Enter 6 75 interest rate
254. mplates 252 relationships 6 6 2 How the Solver Works There are two kinds of solving iterative and symbolic Infinity Softworks solver uses an iterative approach An iterative method attempts to balance an equation and determine an answer relying on a minimum and maximum guess to bracket the answer An equation is said to be in balance when tabulated the value to the left of the equals sign is the same as the value to the right of the equals sign In its simplest form an iterative solver determines a mid point between a maximum and minimum guess and evaluates the equation at all three points It then decides which two points the equation is between the mid point and minimum guess or mid point and maximum guess and calculates a new mid point based on those two points It continues this cycle until it guesses the right answer Although the solver is more advanced than this it is similar in nature Generally calculations are completed in less than a second If the calculation is more complicated however a Computing dialog will appear Guesses made by the solver flash on the screen If the Cancel button is selected the answer will return as the last guess To speed execution and increase the likelihood of an answer change the max and min range settings in the Variable Preferences See the Using the Templates Variable Preferences section for more information In some cases the solver can calculate an answer d
255. mples e Algebraic Input Mode 5 63 returns 315 8 2 32 65 returns 267 73 b 1 4142 45 12 7278 returns 207 0003 127 2780 5 4 87 7 3 65 6 returns 30 24 522 42 18 390 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 63 returns 315 8 2 32 65 returns 267 73 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 63 returns 315 8 2 ENT 32 65 returns 267 73 5 1 4142 ENT 45 12 7278 returns 207 0003 127 2780 5 4 87 7 3 65 ENT 6 returns 30 24 522 42 18 390 4 6 28 Natural Logarithm In value Returns the natural logarithm of value Data Types integer floating point complex table Category math 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 109 powerOne Graph Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode In 4 returns 1 3863 In 52 43 returns 3 9595 In b 1 4142 returns 1 6479 0 2756 In 54 92 88 returns 3 9890 4 5218 4 4773 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 4 In returns 1 3863 52 43 In returns 3 9595 e RPN Input Mode 4 In returns 1 3863 52 43 In returns 3 9595 5 1 4142 In returns 1 6479 0 2756 54 92 88 In returns 3 9890 4 5218 4 4773 4 6 29 Net Future Value CfoNFV I CFAmntList Returns the net future value of the given cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e 96 periodic interest rate as a percentage e
256. mples e Algebraic Input Mode abs 15 6 returns 15 6 abs 5 1 4142 returns 5 1961 abs 15 22 8 89 returns 15 22 8 89 See Rectangular to Polar Conversion for more information e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 15 6 abs returns 15 6 e RPN Input Mode 15 6 ENT abs returns 15 6 b 1 4142 abs returns 5 1961 15 22 8 89 abs returns 15 22 8 89 4 2 2 Addition valueA valueB Returns valueA plus valueB Data Types boolean integer floating point date complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category not applicable Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 5 4 returns 9 3 2 4 6 returns 7 8 15 3 6 82 12 23 41 106 returns 27 26 47 188 3 2 4495 5 1 4142 returns 8 3 8637 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 52 445z returns 9 3 2 4 6 returns 7 8 e RPN Input Mode 4 ENT 5 returns 9 3 2 ENT 4 6 returns 7 8 15 3 6 82 ENT 12 23 41 106 returns 27 26 47 188 3 2 4495 ENT 5 1 4142 returns 8 3 8637 4 2 3 Adjust Date adjdate date days This function can only be used within a formula the returned value cannot be viewed in a template Returns a date type containing date plus or minus a number of days d
257. mt Timing End Choose from the list Present Val 3 000 Negative because cash deposit outflow to open account Future Val 4 000 Payment 0 Intrst Yr 3 75 Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 Select in the Periods row to calculate To reach 4 000 it will take 92 20 periods or 92 20 12 7 68 years Home Mortgage You have decided to buy a house but you only have 900 to spend each month on a 30 year mortgage The bank has quoted an interest rate of 8 75 What is the maximum purchase price 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 243 powerOneG Graph Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Pmt Timing End Loans payments at the end of the period Choose from the list Future Val 0 Payment 900 Negative because cash outflow Intrst Yr 8 75 Periods 360 30 years at 12 periods per year Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 Select in the Present Val row to calculate You can afford a home with a price of 114 401 87 Mortgage with a Balloon Payment Continued from Home Mortgage You realize that you will only own the house for about 5 years and then sell it How much will the balloon payment the repayment to the bank be Variable Enter Comments Periods 60 5 years at 12 periods per year Select in the Future Val row to calculate The balloon payment will be 109 469 92 after five years Canadian Mortgage Canad
258. n 8 125 change would be entered as 8 125 A positive value represents an increase while a negative one represents a decrease Example The clothing is sold at a 25 markup on cost What is the price if the cost is 29 99 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 229 powerOneG Graph Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Method of Cost Choose from the list Cost 29 99 Markup 25 Select in the Price row to calculate The price is 37 49 6 5 4 6 Mass This template is for Mass conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Variables e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount Z2 the amount of the second type Example The elephant weighs 1 ton How many pounds is this Mass Type 1 Tons Amount 1 1 Type 2 Pounds Amount 2 2 000 Done Clear Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 Tons Choose from the list Amount 1 1 Type 2 Pounds Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically The elephant weigh
259. nally numbers 0 9 A name cannot start with a number Note that the name is case sensitive meaning Name delta that table abc is different from table ABC See the Appendix Restricted Data Names section for names that should not be Size 12 rows x 5 columns ed nen B Size table s row and column dimensions Rows and columns can also be added in the editor 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 27 powerOne Graph Tables Editor A Column Header the number or name of the column Select a column header for a list of options e Insert insert a column before the selected one A e Delete delete the selected column e Clear clear the contents of the selected column but does B not delete it Move Left swap the selected column s position with the one to the left Move Right swap the selected column s position with the one to the right e Sort A sort the entire table by the selected column in ascending order e Sort D sort the entire table by the selected column in E descending order w 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 oOooooooco B Row Header the number of the row Select a row header for F a list of options Insert insert a row before the selected one Delete delete the selected row Clear clear the contents of the selected row but does not delete it Move Up swap the selected column s position with the one above Move Down swap the selected column s position with one below
260. nd the end balance to as it calculates If not included is assumed to be 2 Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode AmEndBal 240 150000 0 6 899 325 360 12 12 0 2 returns 81 003 52 e RPN Input Mode 240 ENT 150000 ENT 0 ENT 6 ENT 899 325 ENT 360 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 ENT 2 AmEndBal returns 81 003 52 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 54 4 2 6 Amortization Interest Paid AmSunmint first last PV FV 1 PMT N Returns the summation of interest paid given a range of periods This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e first calculate starting with this period last calculate ending with this period PV present value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow FV future value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow I yearly interest rate expressed as a percentage PMT periodic payment amount Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow N total number of periods Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples AmSumlint 1 12 150000 0 6 899 325 360 returns 8 949 87 AmSumlilnt first last PV FV 1 PMT N P Y C Y B round Returns the summation of interest paid given a range of periods This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as
261. ng sales tax is 32 16 Calculate the Tax Amount 11 Calculate the sales tax amount e select the button on the same line as TaxAmt e the net pay is 2 17 For more on formatting variables see the Templates Using the Templates Variable Preferences section This template and others are available for free download from Infinity Softworks web site www infinitysw com graph 6 6 4 6 Multiple Answers Some equations offer more than one answer to a problem If statements and solving make the problem possible Preferences also need to be adjusted to make sure calculations are performed in the appropriate range The Example 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 259 powerOneG Graph This example calculates both the positive and negative values of x when y is equal to x 3 In this case the formula is 0 if solving PosX y PosX 2 3 y NegX 2 3 See the IF Statement and Solving Statement examples for more on using these functions in solver equations Creating the Template 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 3 Select New Template near the bottom of the list 4 Enter Quadratic no quotes for the name 5 Enter 0 if solving PosX y PosX 2 3 y NegX 2 3 no quotes for the equation e equa
262. nity Softworks Graphing 184 e best fit repositions the graph so the appropriate data is visible Trace 24 Select Analysis at the bottom of the Graph display 25 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 2596 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 596 at each the top and bottom When Zoom Best Fit is chosen the window is drawn to accommodate the clipped area Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button e cross hairs A in the picture draw at the bar being analyzed Bars are drawn in the same order they are entered inthe p table The bar number is the x data D If a frequency table is used each bar draws the frequency number of times before drawing the next bar This means that the bar p number will not match the table s row number e The height of the bar is designated by y E the current data graph B is displayed This is the data graph being analyzed If there is more than one data set drawn at the same time choose the data graph and select another graph to analyze 26 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows C 5 6 8 Box Plot The Example This is an example to show basic features of box plot graphing This example uses the following table 1 20 25 28 27 26 29 31 28 an oO oa A wo N What is covered e Create a table e Create a box plot e Zoom using best fit e Trace data points Create a
263. ns should be visible choose Edit from the list enter n 2 without quotation marks for v n choose the Details tab select the box next to Line on the v n row and choose dot select OK to return to My Graphs only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only u n 22 n v n n 2 is checked choose Graph at the bottom of My Graphs choose Zoom then Best Fit choose Analysis then Trace Eval to trace and evaluate the points in tandem B Recursive Sequence Equations recursive sequence equations rely on previous values to derive new ones For example graphing 2 u n 1 alters the graph by plotting 2 times the previous value of u n e go to My Graphs e select New at the bottom of My Graphs e enter 2 u n 1 no quotes on the u n entry line 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 178 set n 1 to 1 This is giving the first instance of 2 u n 1 a starting point choose the Prefs tab and change N Min to 1 and N Max to 5 select OK to return to My Graphs only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only u n 2 u n 1 is checked choose Graph at the bottom of My Graphs choose Zoom then Best Fit choose Analysis then Trace Eval to trace and evaluate the points in tandem Notice how the new u n value is derived based on the preceding u n value when n is 3 u is 4 and when n is 4 u is 8 previous u times 2 5 6 5 Scatter Plot The Example This is
264. nt table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode dms 90 50 returns 90 30 dms 44 6333 121 1333 returns 44 376 121 076 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 75 powerOne Graph e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 90 50 dms returns 90 30 e RPN Input Mode 90 50 dms returns 90 30 44 6333 121 1333 dms returns 44 376 121 076 4 4 8 Degrees to Radians Conversion radians value Returns equivalent in radians of value degrees Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode radians 360 returns 6 2832 e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 360 radians returns 6 2832 4 4 9 Derivative nDeriv expression variable value Returns an approximate numerical derivative of expression with respect to variable at value This function uses the tolerance constant e expression the expression to analyze Must be in quotations e variable the variable within the expression Must be in quotations e value point to evaluate Category calc Input Modes algebraic Examples nDeriv x 2 x 3 returns 6 nDeriv expression variable value e Same as above except with specified tolerance e e e tolerance If it is not included it defaults to 10 Category calc Input Modes algebraic
265. nt functions This lists the available functions for order of operations input mode To learn how to see a complete list of functions organized by category see the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section To learn more about an individual function see the Functions section math 1 x log Vy x TOS mod y x gcd In Ax lcm e Ax number last abs sign show iPart rnd fPart degs floor dms EE ceil trig sin sinh sec cos cosh csc tan tanh cot asin asinh degrees acos acosh radians atan atanh prob nPr nCr x rand history History is a special function that displays the last 10 recorded answers Each time the equals button is selected a new history item is added to the list To recall a history item to the view window select it from the list or choose function Last for the last value added to the history list 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 17 powerOne Graph cnst New Constant ec Mn Edit g Mp e NA pi k R C Me vars New Variable Edit These lists change when new constants and variables are created inserting new items in alphabetical order at the top of the list See the Memory amp Storage My Data section for more information on creating new constants and variables Macros defined as constants will not show in the Consta
266. nts This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e percent interest rate per compounding period expressed as a percentage e periods number of payments Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode uspv 5 360 returns 20 00 uspv 5 12 360 returns 186 28 uspv 8 0 returns 0 uspv 0 144 returns 144 e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 360 uspv returns 20 00 4 10 9 Variance var datalist occlist Returns the sample variance of the list datalist occlist is an optional argument that can contain a list of occurences corresponding to the values in datalist e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist occlist is optional for algebraic input mode but required for RPN input mode Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 156 var 1 2 3 4 5 returns 2 5 var 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 1 7835 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 var returns 2 5 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 var returns 1 7835 varP datalist occl
267. nts list Matrices and tables will not show in the Variables list 1 2 4 Chain Input Mode Chain input mode is the most common mode found in financial calculators It is a mode where only the currently entered number appears in the view window This mode follows standard entry where numbers are entered in order of appearance and a final calculation is performed when is selected Order of operations is ignored opting instead to evaluate as numbers are entered and operands are selected To calculate 27 3 x 8 5 Key Display Comments CE C Clears the current calculation 27 27 27 3 3 X 30 8 5 8 5 255 On Palm OS handhelds Graffiti entry is supported for both the main and pop up calculators To learn how to draw each character see your handheld user manual 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 18 Character Function Character Function 0 Zero back space Backspace 1 One C C CE 2 Two Add 3 Three Subtract 4 Four XD Multiply 5 Five Divide 6 Six Equals Enter 7 Seven Lt Paren 8 Eight Rt Paren 9 Nine S Store Decimal Pt I Recall n Sign return Save e Exponent Note that the Graffiti shift indicator is in the view window both on the main and pop up calculators 1 2 4 1 Display 1 25 800 000 000 000 Heg chain A View Window number display area
268. o Displays value as a octal number Data Types boolean integer floating point table matrix Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 10 d o returns 12 o 32_d 12 d 0 returns 54 o e RPN Input Mode 10 d gt o returns 12 o 32 d ENT 12 d o returns 54 o 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 4 7 4 Or valueA valueB Returns true if valueA is true or valueB is true Data Types boolean table matrix Category bool Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 5 5 4 5 returns true b 5 4 gt 5 returns false e RPN Input Mode 5 ENT 5 4 ENT 5 gt returns true 5 ENT 5 lt gt 4 ENT 5 gt returns false valueA valueB Returns result of bitwise OR of valueA with valueB Data Types integer table matrix Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 110101 b 1001 b returns 61 d 13_d 105_d returns 109 d 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 returns 5 6 7 12 all in decimal base e RPN Input Mode 110101 b ENT 1001_b returns 61 d 13 d ENT 105 d returns 109 d 1 2 8 4 ENT 5 6 7 8 returns 5 6 7 12 all in decimal base 4 7 5 Parentheses parentheses 116 Use parentheses to establish precedence when performing calculations Items within parentheses are evaluated first Category number Input Modes
269. o accommodate the analysis area 12 596 at each the top and bottom e Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button e cross hairs A in the picture draw at the currently evaluated A point e the current equation B is displayed This is the equation being analyzed If there is more than one equation drawn at the same time choose the equation and select another C graph to analyze the t value D and x and y values default to the point D designated by the cross hair s location 13 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows C tTrace Eval Zoom Briefs A Display a Table of Data displays data points based on the selected equations The process is the same as the one described for function graphs Please see the Examples Function section for more information B Family of Curves family of curves is not available for parametric equations 5 6 3 Polar The Example This is an example to show basic features of polar graphing This example uses the equation r 2 t What is covered e Create a polar graph e Evaluate a point on the curve e Alter the curve Other items discussed briefs e Table of data e Family of curves Create a New Graph 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 3 Select New from t
270. oProf 12 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 1 62 e RPN Input Mode 12 ENT 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoProf returns 1 62 4 7 21 1st Quartile The matematics community has several methods for computing the first and third quartiles powerOne Graph uses Tukey s method which includes the median in the quartile calculation This may be different on other calculators quartile1 datalist Returns the first quartile of a list or vector e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples quartile1 1 2 3 4 5 returns 2 quartile1 datalist occlist 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 126 Same as above except e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode quartile1 1 2 3 4 5 1 returns 2 quartile1 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 2 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 quartile1 returns 2 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 quartile1 returns 2 4 7 22 3rd Quartile The matematics community has several methods for computing the first
271. ode offers a different interface than the other modes Algebraic mode functions similar to the main calculator s view window for the same mode The window is broken into sets of two with the top line as the last equation entered and the lower line as the last calculation To recall the last equation entered to the entry line select it To recall the value as the number of decimal places displayed on the screen select the last answer s value For all other input modes selecting the value returns it to the entry line view window for use in the calculation B Location Designation only available in algebraic input mode selecting the location designation H1 in this picture does one of three things If the designation starts with H selecting it recalls the full precision to the entry line for use in the 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 33 powerOne Graph calculation If the designation starts with M selecting it displays the matrix editor If the designation starts with T selecting it displays the table editor C Additional Functionality in all modes select Clear to clear the calculation log select the scroll arrows to scroll up and down or select Done to exit the calculation log Switching input modes also clears the calculation log automatically 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 34 2 Types of Data When working with data it is important to understand that data comes in
272. oduct and how much is paid in sales tax In this case the formula is 0 if solving Cost solving FinalPrice Cost 1 TaxRate FinalPrice Cost TaxRate TaxAmt The format for if solving statements is if solving variable do this otherwise do this To break down the equation e solving Cost solving FinalPrice says if the button next to Cost or FinalPrice is selected perform the first calculation otherwise perform the second calculation e The parentheses next to solving are required otherwise the solver thinks it is variable solving Notice the double equals sign which is different than the single version The single equals is assignment while the double equals is comparison Because two equations are used in the calculation it is not possible to put a variable on the left side of the equals sign In this case 0 is used and the variables being calculated FinalPrice and TaxAmt are moved to the right side as a part of the equation Leaving 0 out of the equation causes calculation problems 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 258 Creating the Template 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 3 Select New Template near the bottom of the list 4 Ente
273. of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 135 powerOne Graph round with one parameter always rounds to the nearest integer e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 5 1234 rnd with Decimal Setting preference set to 3 returns 5 123 52 1235 rnd with Decimal Setting preference set to 3 returns 52 124 e RPN Input Mode 5 1234 rnd with Decimal Setting preference set to 3 returns 5 123 52 1235 rnd with Decimal Setting preference set to 3 returns 52 124 b 1 414213562373 rnd with Decimal Setting preference set to 6 returns 5 1 414214 1 234 2 3 3 356789 4 rnd with Decimal Setting preference set to 2 returns 1 23 2 3 3 36 4 round value decimals Returns value rounded to the designated number of decimal places e decimals the number of decimal places to round valueA This is optional must be an integer number and must be in the range 0 lt decimals lt 10 If decimals is not designated value will be rounded to the Decimal Setting preference Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples round 5 1234 3 returns 5 123 round 5 1235 3 returns 5 124 round 5 1 414213562373 6 returns 5 1 414214 round 1 234 2 3 3 356789 4 2 returns 1 23 2 3 8 36 4 4 8 15 Row Add amp Multiply rowMA matrix value row A rowB Returns a table matrix with rowA of matrix multiplied by value
274. of the list 4 Enter Inflation no quotes for the name 5 Enter FutureVal PresentVal 1 Inflation 100 Years no quotes for the equation e equals is on the right side of the keypad e power is available by selecting f x then math then y 6 Select OK to finish The Inflation template should be visible 7 Make PresentVal a global variable so its data can be shared e select the menu button below the Applications button or on some devices select the title bar choose the Options menu select Variable Prefs select FutureVal next to Variable choose PresentVal check the box next to Global select OK The inflation template should be visible Creating the Expense Summary Template 8 From the Inflation template select Done 9 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 10 Select New Template near the bottom of the list 11 Enter EXP Summary no quotes for the name 12 Enter Rents Insurance Groceries Auto ENT PresentVal no quotes for the equation e equals is on the right side of the keypad 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 261 powerOne Graph 13 Select OK to finish The Expense Summary template should be visible 14 Make FutureVal a global variable so its data can be shared select the menu button below the Applications button or on some
275. oj ojo Ig Le RE ANTE S AET A Din M 2 Proportion Z Confidence Interval in 2 Proportion Z Test cns am cra EROR CX EXE EXER a FR AERE REESE RUE DUER ERR EBE E XX ERXXEAERAR AERE XEM RACE EXREE c Fed SEVA MRETE RYE 2 SaMple F Test EE 2 Sample T Confidence Interval epar ripe Eri pae Spa EE a ERR RSEN HL aian EEA 2 Sampe JF T6Sl scr ie rires ERR as id dette UT tic I D roD 2 Sample Z Confidence Interval diee aa a Eaa rione E roo HE S BRE Piae AE AIEA EECA PASTE oN EA K e CD 2 Vatiabl StatiStes ce EE LN E E eui cuim Date Discount E M Energy Force 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Contents VIII Linear Regression T Test DI s Lr c NES e S E sie m i em x07 m E nse drum t FREGNESSIONS E Sales Tax T T Confidence Interval One Sarriple ctr rr eren rri e erret E Ptr HERE Een 235 pue E M 236 Enc ee 237 Time Tip TAM Chime Valje Of MOnGy ot
276. om the list Select in the Mean x row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 250 Variable Calculated Mean x 211 75 Sx 193 7648 n 8 z 0 1054 p value 0 4580 The graph would appear as follows 6 6 Creating Templates To create a template from the main calculator select the Template button third from left and choose New Template at the bottom of the list To create a template from My Templates select New Once created these templates are accessed the same as templates that are included with the software See Templates Accessing for more information A Name template s name B Equation template s equation See the Using the Solver section for more information about writing solver equations Single equation templates are available See the Solver Limitations section for more information 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 251 powerOne Graph C Category templates are sorted into categories Choose a category from the list or select New Category to create a new one Categories New Template only exist as long as there are templates in them To delete a category move all the templates in that category to another category or delete all templates in that category D Keypad keypad for easy entry f x displays the list of functions organized by cat
277. om within their applications This may be available as a button on the screen or as a menu option See your third party software application s manual for more information 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 157 powerOne Graph 5 2 My Graphs My Graphs is the central location for graphing It shows a list of all created graphs plus offers navigation to create new graphs aceite Problem 1 set the window coordinates and graph the selected 1 A mu equations data sets See Graphing Accessing for more on B Iv y G907x 2 E accessing My Graphs Vf y x 2 xA2 B y x 2 x 2 og A Category graphs are organized into categories When D graphing only the selected equations within that category will be graphed To change categories select the label and choose one from the list To create a new one or edit existing ones select Edit Categories Note that the Unfiled and Templates categories cannot be deleted Templates is used as the category for graphing from templates To create a category select New and enter a name To rename or delete a category select the category name then the appropriate button There is no restriction on the number of categories that can be created B Checkbox check all graphs that should be graphed E Done New Window C Color Pattern select the color and line pattern for equations On black and white devices the color selector doesn t appear D Equati
278. on Data displays the equation or data set If a name is designated the name will display instead Select this for a list of options e Quick Graph graph the selected equation data set only e Edit edit the selected equation data set See the New Graph section for more information e Delete delete the selected equation data set e Export Beam show export and beam options for the selected equation data set See Sharing Graphs for more information e Duplicate make a copy of the selected equation data set e Table display a table for the selected equation Table is not available for data sets For data sets edit and select the appropriate data item e Copy to Macro save a copy of the graph as a macro for use in the main calculator Only available for function graphs Notes display notes pertaining to the selected equation data set E Buttons select the Done button to return to the previous display Select the New button to create a new graph See the New Edit Graphs section for more information Select Window to set the graph window coordinates See the Window Settings section for more information Select Graph to graph the selected equations data sets See the Graph section for more information F Menus select Import to see import options Select Export Beam Category to export beam options See Sharing Graphs for more information on import and export beam Select Delete Category to delete the category and all equations data set
279. on Value Book value returns the book value depreciable value salvage value for the asset at the end of the given year Depreciation amount returns the amount that the asset depreciated during the given year Depreciation value returns the remaining total depreciable value for the asset at the end of the given year All three are calculated using the declining balance crossover to straight line method of depreciation This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e C cost of the depreciable asset S salvage value of the depreciable asset L life in years of the depreciable asset Y year to calculate R depreciation rate expressed as a percentage Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode DepDBSLBV 150000 20000 20 6 3 200 returns 114 412 50 DepDBSLDA 150000 20000 20 6 3 200 returns 12 712 50 DepDBSLDV 150000 20000 20 6 3 200 returns 94 412 50 e RPN Input Mode HP48 Enter Mode Preference setting 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 ENT 200 DepDBSLBV returns 114 412 50 M first month to begin depreciating 1 is January 12 is December 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 74 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 ENT 200 DepDBSLDA returns 12 712 50 150000 ENT 20000 ENT 20 ENT 6 ENT 3 ENT 200 DepDBSLDV returns 94 412 50 4 4 6 Declining Balance Depreciation DepDBBV C S L M Y R Book Value DepDBDA C S L M Y
280. on Z Test This template is for tests about a single population proportion It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section geret nnm Go Analysis ii Zoom 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 204 Description This template tests a hypothesis about a population proportion of successes prop The null hypothesis is Hg prop Po Variables e Po the hypothesized value of prop 0 lt Po lt 1 e X count of successes in the sample e n count of observations in the sample e Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are prop not equal Po prop Po or prop Po e Z z test statistic Graphing p value probability value or observed significance level of the test p hat sample proportion of successes 1 Prop ZTest Po 0 95 x 54 n 60 Hypothesis prop lt Po z 1 77704663328 p value 0 0377802346 p hat 0 9 To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of the standard normal distribution Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Po 0 95 X 54 n 60 Hypothesis prop Po Choose from the list Variable
281. on categories Select a function category to access a mathematical function F Keypad calculator keypad consists of numbers basic arithmetic backspace clear positive negative button and 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 2 memory button Selecting memory shows recall store and clear Select store and a memory location to store the view window s contents to that memory location Select recall and a memory location to recall that memory location s contents to the view window Select clear to clear the memory locations e 0 9 numbers 0 through 9 decimal separator separate the whole and decimal portions of the number Either entered as a period or comma depending on the system setting for number display format e X plus minus times divide basic mathematics functions e ENT or equals enter key to evaluate the equation algebraic input mode push a value on the stack RPN input mode or complete a calculation order of operations and chain input modes e CE C clears the currently entered value on the first selection and all values entire calculation or history depending on the input mode on the second selection e MEM select to access store recall or clear memory location functionality See the Memory amp Storage Memory Locations section for more information select to change the sign or insert a negative sign depending on the input mode lt backspace arrow deletes th
282. or offer additional data sharing options specifically regarding comma delimited data See their corresponding sections for more information Export Beam To export or beam a data item e Go to My Data Select the data item to share Choose Export Beam from the list Export Beam Options appears Select the desired export beam option Follow the on screen directions if any are required Two data export beam options come with the software e Export data item to file save the selected data item in a file that can be synchronized to the desktop for archival or sharing purposes 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 31 powerOne Graph e Beam data item beam the selected data item to another handheld that has this software Infinity Softworks may offer additional export beam plug ins from its web site These plug ins could include ones to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information Import To import a data item Go to My Data Select Import at the bottom of My Data Select the desired import option Follow the on screen directions if any are required One data import option comes with the software e Import data items from files find data item files and import them Generally data items are imported automatically when the software is first started However the expansion memory is not searched Choose
283. ory finance 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 70 Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode CfoCount 5000 4000 3000 1 1 2 returns 3 CfoCount 5000 4000 3000 2 1 2 returns 4 e RPN Input Mode HP48 Enter Mode Preference setting 5000 4000 3000 ENT 1 1 2 CfoCount returns 3 See also Occurrences 4 3 16 Cross Product cross vector1 vector2 Returns a vector containing result of cross product between vector1 and vector2 The vectors must have the same dimensions Does not work with matrices only vectors Data Types vector Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode cross 1 2 3 4 5 6 returns 3 6 3 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 ENT 4 5 6 cross returns 3 6 3 4 3 17 Cubed Root cbrt value Returns the cube root of value Data Types integer floating point complex table Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode cbrt 5 returns 1 71 cbrt 87 6 returns 4 4412 cbrt 15 1 4142 returns 2 4699 0 0313 in radians cbrt 5 6 7 returns table 1 71 1 8171 1 9129 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 71 powerOne Graph 5 x 1 71 87 6 x returns 4 4412 e RPN Input Mode 5 Ax returns 1 71 87 6 x returns 4 4412 15 1 4142 Ax r
284. ory Stack from the function list and then selecting the desired function If an item is selected on the stack the function selected will adjust based on that item If a stack function is selected from the function list the first item on the stack will be the focal point Drop deletes the item Duplicate dup copies the item into register O view window entry line pushing all others up Move removes the item from its location in the stack and places it in register 0 view window entry line Rotate rot moves the stack in a clockwise direction Rotate Rvrs rotr moves the stack in a reverse or counter clockwise direction Swap swaps the item with the contents of register 0 view window entry line 1 2 2 3 Preferences The following preferences are available in RPN input mode See the Using the Calculator Preferences section for more information Stack Size 4 11 or max registers Includes register 0 view window entry line The maximum number of registers available is 64 Enter Mode HP 48 where enter does not push a duplicate of the view window entry line onto the stack or All Other HP calculators that do push a duplicate of the view window entry line onto the stack Decimal Setting float or O through 11 Display Mode normal scientific or engineering notation Complex Type auto detect always rectangular always polar Complex Frmt display as a b r t format or a b i r e t i format Trig Mode degre
285. otal number of periods of a time value of money TVM problem This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not included it is assumed to be 0 Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tvmn 7 25 35000 3000 0 12 12 0 returns 12 13 e RPN Input Mode 7 25 ENT 35000 ENT 3000 ENT 0 ENT 12 ENT 12 ENT 0 tvmn returns 12 13 4 7 10 Permutations nPr n r Returns the number of permutations of n taken r at a time n r must be integer values where r lt n 0 lt n r lt 170 Returned values correspond to n n r Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category prob Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 120 nPr 8 3 returns 336 nPr 10 11 12 2 returns 90 110 132 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 8 nPr 3 returns 336 e RPN Input Mode 8 nPr 3 nPr returns 336 10 11 12 ENT 2 nPr returns 90 110 132 4 7 11 Poisson Cumulative Distribution PoissonCDF mean x Returns the cumulative probability at x for the discrete Poisson distribution with specif
286. ph e Inflation is the rate entered as a percentage 4 instead of 04 e Years is the number of years between PresentVal and FutureVal The problem to calculate if a pool costs 5 000 what is the expected cost 5 years from now if the inflation rate is 496 Creating the Template 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be visible 3 Select New Template near the bottom of the list 4 Enter Inflation no quotes for the name 5 Enter FutureVal PresentVal 1 Inflation 100 Years no quotes for the equation e equals is on the right side of the keypad e power is available by selecting f x then math then y 6 Select OK to finish The Inflation template should be visible Calculate Purchasing Power 7 Enter 5 000 for the present value e select 0 00 next to PresentVal e enter 5000 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 8 Enter 4 inflation e select 0 next to Inflation e enter 4 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 9 Enter 5 years e select 0 next to Years e enter 5 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 10 Calculate the future value e select the button on the same line as FutureVal e the cost after 5 y
287. phs data sets and import export beam plug ins e Training and curriculum materials 7 4 Printing This Manual While Infinity Softworks does not offer a printed version of this manual you are welcome to print it yourself To print you will need Adobe Acrobat Reader pdf If this is the Adobe Acrobat Reader version of the manual select the menu File then Print The manual is very long It may be wise to print the sections needed instead of the entire manual or if your printer supports it printing multiple pages per sheet To download a copt of Adobe Acrobat Reader visit Adobe s web site http www adobe com reader 7 5 Legal and Disclaimers Infinity Softworks Inc makes no warranty either expressed or implied including but not limited to any implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose regarding any programs or book materials and makes such materials available solely on an as is basis In no event shall Infinity Softworks Inc be liable to anyone for special collateral incidental or consequential damages in connection with or arising out of the purchase or use of these materials and the sole and exclusive liability of Infinity Softworks Inc regardless of the form of action shall not exceed the purchase price of this application Moreover Infinity Softworks Inc shall not be liable for any claim of any kind whatsoever against the use of these materials by any other party powerOne i
288. picture This is the data graph being analyzed p lf there is more than one data set drawn atthe S MEI DPPE IE II an same time choose the data graph and select another graph to analyze a lw X gamma Col Y gamma Col the regression equation is displayed B To change the regression model select the equation and choose a new model in most cases curve fit information r and r2 is displayed D to see additional regression curve information select the magnifying glass C on the left to save the regression curve as its own function graph select the disc C on the right the regression curve once designated automatically saves with the data graph To hide the regression curve select the regression equation B and choose No Regression from the list 5 6 6 Histogram The Example This is an example to show basic features of histogram graphing This example uses the following table 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 181 powerOne Graph 1 85 75 90 95 95 60 75 80 75 75 Oo AN o a A o N at e What is covered Create a table Create a histogram graph Zoom using best fit Trace data points Other items discussed briefs e Impact of number of bins Create a New Table 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible 2 Select the Data button or choose powerOne then My Data The Data button is first to the le
289. plate see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template calculates a confidence interval for the difference between two population means meant mean2 based on independent random samples from two populations whose standard deviations are known The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data Variables u 2 Sample Zint e Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate values Input Data e Std Dev p1 population standard deviation for the first data set Must StdDev p1 18 be a positive integer or floating point number Std Dev p2 16 e Std Dev p2 population standard deviation for the second data set Data 1 zeta Col 1 Must be a positive integer or floating point number RAM MEME e Data 1 first data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table ifre Vit Of Each column or create a new one Data 2 zeta Col 2 e Freq 1 frequency list for the first data set Select the label to choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Conf Level 95 e xa 2 e data set to analyze Select the label to choose a Mean x1 68 23076923077 table column or create a new
290. plate tests the equality of population means for 2 to 20 y populations assuming independent samples from normal populations i Data lipsi Col 1 with a common variance The null hypothesis in this one way analysis of t Data 2 psi Col 2 variance is that all the population means are equal The alternative is Data 3 psi Col 3 that at least two of the means differ from each other aaa Variables F 2 560819892473 e Data 1 20 between 2 and 20 data sets are chosen for comparison p value 0 118526467488 e F F test statistic Factor df 2 e p probability value or observed significance level of the test Factor SS 1 016 133333333 3 e Factor df factor or treatment degrees of freedom Factor MS 508 0666666667 3 e Factor SS factor or treatment sum of squares SSTr x e Factor MS factor or treatment mean square MSTr Error df 12 e Error df error degrees of freedom e Error SS error sum of squares SSE e Error MS error mean square MSE e Sxp pooled standard deviation Example Given the following data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 221 powerOne Graph Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Data 1 38 56 59 64 74 Data 2 41 63 70 72 84 Data 3 50 31 64 36 49 Data 4 None Selected Select in the F row to calc ulate may calculate auto matically The following answers are returne
291. ple 11 05am would be entered as 11 05 while 11 05 pm would be entered as 23 05 without quotation marks in both examples See Subject Areas Dates amp Times for more information 2 7 Complex Numbers Complex numbers only available in modes that use an entry line consist of two floating point numbers that specify real and imaginary parts Both rectangular and polar complex numbers can be used Rectangular and polar formats are as follows e Rectangular real imaginary or real imaginary i e Polar r amp 0 Or r e 0 i The e symbol denotes polar format If a mathematics function cannot return a number value it will attempt to return a complex value instead For example asin 2 will return radians 2 05 2 44 degrees will return 2 05 140 02 in polar mode or 1 57 1 32 in rectangular mode See the Using the Calculator Preferences section for more on complex number preferences See Subject Areas Complex Numbers for more information 2 8 Tables amp Lists Tables only available in modes that use an entry line or from the templates are a series of data rows organized into multiple columns A list is a table with only one column See the Using the Calculator Memory amp Storage My Data section for more on creating tables See Subject Areas Tables for more information 2 9 Matrices amp Vectors Matrices only available in modes that use an entry line are a series of numbers rows organ
292. ples e Algebraic Input Mode cos 30 returns 0 1543 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians cos 30 returns 0 866 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 30 cos returns 0 1543 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 30 cos returns 0 866 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 4 3 14 Cotangent cot value Returns cotangent of value Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode cot 0 5236 returns 1 7321 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians cot 30 returns 1 7321 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 0 5236 cot returns 1 7321 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 30 cot returns 1 7321 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 4 3 15 Count CfoCount CFAmntList Returns the total number of periods in the given cash flow excluding the initial cash flow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples CfoCount 5000 4000 3000 3000 returns 3 CfoCount CFAmntList CFFreqList same as above Categ
293. previous example created a data item zeta defined to be a matrix with a single column To create a matrix with multiple columns create each row in brackets separate the rows with semi colons and place brackets around all rows For example the matrix 1 2 3 4 would be written as 1 2 3 4 Sharing Matrix Data To share matrix data go to the menu in the Matrix Editor Two data export beam options come with the software e Write array to Memo Pad save the data as a comma delimited file in the Memo Pad Large data is automatically saved as multiple Memo Pad files e Copy array to clipboard copy the data as a comma delimited file to the system clipboard so it can be pasted into another software application on the device One data import option comes with the software e Paste array from clipboard paste comma delimited data from the system clipboard into the Matrix Editor Infinity Softworks may offer additional export beam and import plug ins from its web site These plug ins could include ones to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information 1 4 1 6 Sharing Data Import and Export Beam options are available for different types of data graphs and templates This section discusses sharing the entire data item variables constants macros matrices and tables including names and notes The Matrix Editor and Table Edit
294. quotation marks on the u n entry line On the keypad enter 2 x n e multiplication symbol is in the lower right hand corner to the left of divide e n is in the top left hand corner of the keypad next to f x 6 Select the Prefs tab at the top of the display and set N Min to 1 and N Max to 10 e to set N Min select its value enter 1 in the pop up calculator and select the checkmark to save e to set N Max select its value enter 10 in the pop up calculator and select the checkmark to save 7 Select the Details tab at the top of the display and set u n line to dot e select the box next to Line on the u n row and choose dot second from the left e in this case we want to look at the points instead of the line 8 Select OK at the bottom of the screen to save the graph My Graphs should be visible Change the Window Settings 9 Select Window from the bottom of My Graphs Window Settings should be visible 10 Select the Show Grid checkbox leaving it unchecked This plot is difficult to see with the plot turned on 11 Select OK at the bottom of the screen to save the graph My Graphs should be visible 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 177 powerOneG Graph Graph the Equation 12 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only u n 2 n is checked 13 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the data points drawn on
295. r Sales Tax no quotes for the name 5 Enter 0 if solving Cost solving FinalPrice Cost 1 TaxRate FinalPrice Cost TaxRate TaxAmt no quotes for the equation e equals is on the right side of the keypad next to plus e if solving or and comparison equals are available by selecting f x then bool e Quotes are on the right side of the keypad next to equals e Semi colon is on the left side of the keypad below f x e Percent 96 or x is available by selecting f x then math This is the same as TaxRate 100 e parentheses are on the right side of the keypad next to multiply 6 Select OK to finish The sales tax template should be visible 7 Turn off auto solve in the template preferences e select the menu button below the Applications button or on some devices select the title bar choose the Options menu select Template Prefs uncheck Auto Compute select OK The sales tax template should be visible Calculate Final Price with Sales Tax 8 Enter 29 99 for cost e select 0 next to Cost e enter 29 99 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 9 Enter 7 25 for sales tax rate e select 0 next to TaxRate e enter 7 25 in the pop up calculator using the keypad e select the save v button 10 Calculate the final price e select the button on the same line as FinalPrice e the final price includi
296. r Conversion Effective Interest Rate Nominal Interest Rate Inverse Cumulative Normal Distribution Integer Part Last Least Common Multiple Natural Logarithm Logarithm Make Date from Decimal Format Maximum Mean Median Memory Minimum Modulo Division Stack Combinations Derivative Derivative Second Cumulative Normal Distribution Frobenius Norm Normal Cumulative Distribution Normal Probability Distribution Cumulative Standard Normal Distribution Permutations Poisson Cumulative Distribution Poisson Probability Distribution Product 1st Quartile 3rd Quartile 48 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 49 powerOne Graph radians rand RandBin randint RandNorm randT randTInt RCL real redim Recall ref rnd rNorm root rot row row rowSwap rref rrot sec seq show sigma sign sin sinh solve solving sortA sortD SPFV SPPV sqrt Degrees to Radians Conversion Random Number Random Binomial Test Random Integer Random Normal Random Table Random Table of Integers Memory Polar to Rectangular Conversion Redimension Memory Row Echelon Form Round Row Norm Root Stack Row Multiplication Row Addition Swap Rows Reduced Row Echelon Form Stack Secant Sequence Evaluation Show Sigma Sign Sine Hyperbolic Sine Solve Solving Sort Ascending Sort Descending Single Payment Future Value Single Payment Present Value Square
297. raph Part 2 Calculate the APR continued Variable Enter Comments Present Val 58 800 The loan amount less 2 in fees Calculate in the input screen with 60000 x 02 60000 Select in the Intrst Yr row to calculate Calculating shows interest per year equal to 11 76 Present Value of a Lease with Advance Payments and an Option to Buy With a lease often there is an amount to be paid up front and an option to buy at the back end A company is leasing a machine for 4 years Monthly payments are 2 400 an additional 2 400 payment at the beginning of the leasing period replaces the final payment The leasing agreement includes an option to buy the machine for 15 000 at the end of the leasing period What is the capitalized value of the lease assuming that the interest rate paid to borrow the funds is 18 compounded monthly Part 1 Find the present value of the payments Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Pmt Timing Beg Choose from the list Future Val 0 Payment 2 400 Intrst Yr 18 00 Periods 47 4 years at 12 per year less 1 advance payment Periods Yr 12 Cmpnds Yr 12 Select 2 in the Present Val row to calculate Calculating shows present value equal to 81 735 58 Recall this to the pop up calculator and save it to memory Part 2 Present Value of the buy option contin
298. raph Variable Calculated Mean x1 10 2 Sx1 3 1713 ni 8 Mean x2 10 7625 Sx2 2 5812 n2 8 F 1 5095 p value 0 6004 The graph would appear as follows 6 5 2 4 2 Sample T Confidence Interval This template is for 2 sample t confidence intervals It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This template calculates a confidence interval for the difference between two population means meant and mean2 It assumes two independent random samples from normal populations with unknown standard deviations The available variables depend on whether data or stats are used to perform the calculation designated by variable Input The stats option is used to directly enter values of the sample statistics the data option is selected if the sample statistics are to be computed from the data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 210 Variables 2 Sample Tint e Input whether data or statistics are used to compute the appropriate values Input Data e Data 1 first data set to analyze Select the label to choose a table Data lizetaCol1 column or create a new one iFreg 1 1 Of Each e Freq 1 frequency list for the first data set Select the label to choose Data 2 zeta Col 2 a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each e D
299. re on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 231 powerOne Graph Variables e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount 2 the amount of the second type Example Type 1 Meqawatts Amount 1 60 Type 2 Horsepower Amount 2 80 461 3253757 The engine uses 60 megawatts of power What is the equivalent horsepower Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 Megawatts Choose from the list Amount 1 60 Type 2 Horsepower Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically The conversion is 80 461 3 horsepower 6 5 5 3 Pressure This template is for Pressure conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Variables e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount Z2 the amount of the second type Example Pressure Type 1 Bars Amount 1 1 Type 2 Atmospheres Amount 2 0 986923266716 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templat
300. rement Annuity rnd rNorm root rot Rotate Rotate Rvrs rotr Round Row Add amp Multiply Row Addition Row Multiplication Row Norm row row rowA Row Echelon Form rowM rowMA rowSwap RPN Input Mode rref Sales Tax Save Button Savings Account Scatter Plot Example sec Secant Select All Semi Colon Seq Example Sequence Evaluation Sequence Graph Sharing Data Sharing Graphs Sharing Templates amp Data Shift Indicator Shift Left Shift Right 133 137 217 232 264 240 134 136 122 134 10 146 10 146 10 146 10 146 134 135 136 136 136 136 136 136 137 136 135 152 133 234 240 178 178 137 137 138 138 176 138 162 30 191 198 15 18 139 139 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 275 powerOne Graph Show Sigma Sign sin Sine Single Payment Future Value Single Payment Present Value sinh Skins Changing Deleting Installing Problems with Solve Solver Solving Sort Ascending Sort Descending sortA sortD Speed of Light spfv sppv sqrt Square Square Root Stack Stack Size Standard Deviation Statistics Status Indicators stddev stddevp STO Storage Store Straight Line Depreciation Sub List sublist Subtraction Sum Sum of the Year s Digits Depreciation Sum of x Squared Summation sumX sumX2 Swap 139 140 140 141 141 141 142 mo m m m nm 142 251 143 143 144 143 144 24 141
301. returns 2 3 8 4 all in decimal base e RPN Input Mode 110101 b ENT 1 gt gt b returns 11010 b 13 d ENT 1 returns 6 d 5 6 7 8 ENT 1 gt gt returns 2 3 8 4 all in decimal base 4 9 6 Show show Shows all available decimal places Data Types integer floating point 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 140 Category number Input Modes RPN order of operations chain 4 9 7 Sigma sigma expression variable begin end Returns the sum of values derived by evaluating the expression with regard to variable expression expression to evaluate Must be in quotations variable variable within the expression to evaluate Must be in quotations begin point to start incrementing end point to stop incrementing Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples sigma a 1 a 1 5 returns 15 or 1 2 3 4 4 5 sigma expression variable begin end step Returns the sum of values derived by evaluating the expression with regard to variable Same as above except e step how often to evaluate between begin and end If end gt begin step must be negative This is optional If step is not included default is 1 If there are not an exact number of increments in the range then the last value calculated will be just before the end value Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sigma a 2 a 1 11 3 returns 1
302. returns 6 4 solve expression variable guess e expression the expression to solve for Must be in quotations e variable the variable within the expression to solve for Must be in quotations e guess starting point Must be an integer of floating point number Category math Input Modes algebraic Examples solve 5 x 2 3 x 2 5 returns 2 8284 solve expression variable lower upper expression the expression to solve for Must be in quotations variable the variable within the expression to solve for Must be in quotations lower lower boundary to begin bracketing Must be an integer of floating point number upper upper boundary to begin bracketing Must be an integer of floating point number Category math Input Modes algebraic Examples solve yzx 2 3 x 2 5 6 6 returns 3 3166 where y 8 4 9 13 Solving solving Returns the name of the variable currently being solved for Using solving when creating templates makes it possible to calculate multiple equations in the same template The variable name should be in quotations Note Auto compute template preferences should be turned off if the template uses this function See the Creating Templates section for more information Category templates only Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples if solving valueA valueB valueC valueA 5 valueA valueA returns valueB valueC when calculating valueA or 5 when calculating value
303. returns true 5 3 15 returns false 4 7 O Q This section covers functions beginning with the letters O through Q 4 7 1 Occurrences countx datalist Returns the total number of data points contained in a list e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples countx 1 2 3 4 5 returns 5 countx datalist occlist Same as above except e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 115 powerOne Graph countx 1 2 3 4 5 1 returns 22 countx 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 22 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 countx returns 5 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 countx returns 22 4 7 2 Octal value o Designates that value is entered as an octal number Data Types boolean integer Category dev Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 12 o is equal to 10 d decimal 7 0 47 d returns 16 o e RPN Input Mode 7 0 ENT 7 d 0 returns 16 o 4 7 3 Octal Display As value gt
304. rice Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode BondY 1 012003 31 122010 4 6 100 104 returns 5 38 e RPN Input Mode 1 012003 ENT 31 122010 ENT 4 ENT 6 ENT 100 ENT 104 BondY returns 5 38 4 2 24 Boolean Convert To tobool value Returns a boolean by converting value to a boolean value Data Types boolean integer floating point complex table matrix Note certain combinations do not work Category number 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 63 powerOne Graph Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tobool 0 returns false 0 tobool 5 2 returns true 1 tobool 5 2 returns true 1 tobool 0 tobool 5 2 tobool 5 2 returns 2 e RPN Input Mode 0 toBool returns false 0 5 ENT 2 toBool returns true 1 5 ENT 2 returns true 1 0 toBool 5 ENT 2 toBool 5 ENT 2 returns 2 4 2 25 Braces valueA valueB for a list valueA1 valueA2 valueB1 valueB2 for a table Use braces to create a list or table When creating a table inside braces group rows Category matrix stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 1 2 3 returns list 1 2 3 1 2 3 returns list 1 2 3 1 2 8 4 returns table 1 2 3 4 4 2 26 Brackets valueA valueB for a vector valueA1 valueA2 valueB1 valueB2
305. rm Series Future Value 154 Uniform Series Present Value 155 Universal Gas Constant 24 Unknown function 263 Unknown variable 263 usfv 154 Using Data in Multiple 260 Templates Using the Solver 251 Using the Templates 193 uspv 155 V var 155 Variable 194 197 Variable is constant 263 Variable Preferences 197 Variables 23 Variance 155 201 217 varP 155 Vectors 35 Velocity 246 View Window 1 Volume 246 W Weighted Average 201 Whole Number 34 wkday 72 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks
306. rns 1 9494 1 7243 0 7782 1 6232 1 8808 1 3222 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 4 log returns 0 6021 78 36 log returns 1 8941 e RPN Input Mode 4 log returns 0 6021 78 36 log returns 1 8941 5 1 4142 log returns 0 7157 0 1197 89 53 6 42 76 21 log returns 1 9494 1 7243 0 7782 1 6232 1 8808 1 3222 4 6 15 Make Date from Decimal Format makedate dd mmyyyy This function can only be used within a formula the returned value cannot be viewed in a template Converts a date into a date type representing the inputted date Data Types integer floating point 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 102 Category date Input Modes algebraic Examples makedate 1 082003 returns 8 1 03 12 00 am makedate dd mmyyyy hh mmssmmm This function can only be used within a formula the returned value cannot be viewed in a template Converts a date and time into a date type representing the inputted date Data Types integer floating point Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode makedate 20 071969 22 5600 returns 7 20 69 3 52 pm e RPN Input Mode 20 071969 ENT 22 5600 makedate returns 7 20 69 10 56 pm 4 6 16 Matrix to Table Conversion toTable value Returns a table list from a matrix vector value Data Types matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode toTabl
307. rough 19 in the next and so on Example 2 with the option set to Bins a setting of 10 when the largest point is 130 the smallest is 20 and the Bin Min is 20 means there will be 10 total bins each with a size of 11 Example 3 with the option set to Bins the same data set as Example 2 and Bin Min set to 0 means there will be 10 total bins each with a size of 13 e Bin Min available for histograms only bin minimum designates the starting point for the bins Data less than the starting point is ignored Example class grades were from 65 to 95 but 0 65 grades need to be displayed In this case setting Bin Size to 10 and Bin Min to 0 shows this additional information e Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab except Default which resets the preferences to their original settings 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 167 powerOne Graph 5 4 Window Settings Use Window Settings to set the coordinate and axis data for the Graph Display Category graphs are organized into categories When graphing only the selected equations within that category will be graphed using that category s window settings Changing window settings affects only the currently visible category To change categories select the label in the top right hand corner and choose a new one from the list X Min minimum on the x axis horizontal far left edge of the graph window X Max maximum on the x axis horizontal far right edge of the
308. s Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper or if the number is too large or too small to display all places in scientific notation Scientific mode displays numbers in 3 45e67 format The number of places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal setting Engineering mode uses the decimal setting to determine a number of displayed significant digits and then adjusts the exponent to be a multiple of 3 The number of significant digits is 1 plus the decimal setting T Min starting value of t for the polar graph T Max ending value of t for the polar graph New Graph Category v Unfiled Line H Color L New Graph Dec Setting Float Disp Mode v Normal Trig Mode Radians Prefs Trig Mode calculate trigonometric functions as either degrees or radians T Step the amount by which t is incremented when calculating each x y point for the polar graph Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab except Default which resets the preferences to their original settings 5 3 4 Sequence This section describes New Edit Graphs layout for sequence graphs Sequence graphs are those that define dependent variables u v and w in sequential relation to independent variable n 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 163 powerOne Graph Data Tab New Graph e u n select to change graph types e Entry Lines enter the sequence equations 3 are available u v
309. s X A list of options should be visible choose Edit from the list select Y for Data Axis instead select OK to return to My Graphs only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only Data List om Data Axis Y is checked choose Graph at the bottom of My Graphs choose Zoom then Best Fit choose Analysis then Trace Eval to trace and evaluate the histogram 5 6 11 Graph Names Graphs that are named can be used to build equations in other graphs of the same type This feature only works with polar and function graphs 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 190 Line Color Ml Line Color Il iN x x 7 8 9 iN x x7 8 9 Com x 1x 7 8 9 ICI EE NX 4 5 6 Ea LC EE NX 4 5 6 Id 838 1011 2 3 Bulla 237 1011 1212 Bulla Unfiled Above are three equations X3 is a combination of X1 and X2 When My Graphs graphed X3 is the expression x 1 x 2 x 2 The X1 variable in X3 is M X1 subtituted with the expression from the graph X1 The same is true for Iw X2 the X2 variable V y x X1 X2 My Graphs shows the three graphs selected If a name is defined as in X1 and X2 it is shown in place of the equation The third graph does not have a name so the equation is shown When the equations above are graphed it is clear that the red line X3 is a combination of the X1 and X2 equations Equations can only use other graph names in the same
310. s matrix Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 134 e Algebraic Input Mode rref 1 2 6 3 4 8 returns 1 0 4 0 1 5 rref 5 11 120 22 28 82 returns 1 0 24 0980 0 1 21 8627 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 6 3 4 8 rref returns 1 0 4 0 1 5 5 11 120 22 28 82 rref returns 1 0 24 0980 0 1 21 8627 4 8 13 Root root y x Returns x root of y Data Types integer floating point complex table Note certain combinations do not work Category math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode root 27 3 returns 3 root 84 5 5 returns 2 4287 root 5 1 4142 3 returns 1 7247 0 1589 root 41 53 65 78 3 returns 3 4482 3 7563 4 0207 4 2727 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 27 Ax 3 returns 3 84 5 Vx 5 returns 2 4287 e RPN Input Mode 27 ENT 3 vx returns 3 84 5 ENT 5 Ax returns 2 4287 5 1 4142 ENT 4 Ax returns 1 5062 0 1040 41 53 65 78 ENT 3 Ax returns 3 4482 3 7563 4 0207 4 2727 4 8 14 Round round value Returns value rounded to the displayed number of decimal places e value the value to round Its data type must be integer floating point complex table or matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order
311. s 2 000 pounds 6 5 5 N S This section covers included templates beginning with the letters N through S 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 230 6 5 5 1 Percent Change This template is for Percent Change calculations It is in the Business category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Perc Change Old 45 000 000 00 New 115 000 000 00 Variables Change 26 436 16997406 e Old the old value Periods 4 e New the new value e Change the percentage changed per period For example an 8 125 change would be entered as 8 125 A positive value represents an increase while a negative one represents a decrease e Periods the number of periods Example Over 4 years sales increased from 45 million to 115 million The industry average is 20 increase per year How does your company compare Variable Entry Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Old 45 000 000 New 115 000 000 Periods 4 Select in the Change row to calculate Sales have increased 26 44 per year comparing favorably to the 20 industry pace 6 5 5 2 Power This template is for Power conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For mo
312. s copyright 1997 2005 powerOne is registered trademark Infinity Softworks Inc All rights reserved All other 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 265 powerOneG Graph trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Appendix 8 Index The index is your guide to key words throughout the manual It starts on the next page 266 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 267 powerOne Graph IF Statements Solving Statements Ji THE 96 96 amp amp amp row I 149 72 113 114 127 255 257 80 118 56 116 108 135 72 77 66 57 a i 532 b _d h 0 c Em lt gt gt gt px gt gt 1 10 1 Prop Zint 1 Prop ZTest 1 Proportion Z Confidence Interval 1 Proportion Z Test 1 Var Stats 63 122 98 145 59 72 92 115 63 116 51 100 139 100 114 79 91 91 139 123 201 203 201 203 201 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Index 1 Variable Statistics 2 2 Prop Zint 2 Prop ZTest 2 Proportion Z Confidence Interval 2 Proportion Z Test 2 Sample F Test 2 Sample T Confidence Interval 2 Sample T Test 2 Sample TInt 2 Sample Z Confidence Interval 2 Sample Z Test 2 Sample Zint 2 Var Stats 2 Variable Statistics 3 30 360 EA A
313. s corresponding to the values in datalist e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist occlist is optional for algebraic input mode but required for RPN input mode Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode stdDev 1 2 3 4 5 returns 1 5811 stdDev 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 1 3355 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 stdDev returns 1 5811 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 stdDev returns 1 3355 stdDevP datalist occlist Returns the population standard deviation of the list datalist occlist is an optional argument that can contain a list of occurences corresponding to the values in datalist e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist occlist is optional for algebraic input mode but required for RPN input mode Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category
314. s in the current category 5 3 New Edit Graphs New Edit Graphs is where equations and data sets are prepared for graphing Access New Edit Graphs by selecting New at the bottom of My Graphs or by selecting Go then New Graph in the graph window Tabs There are three areas designated by tabs 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 158 e Data used to enter data and equations Also used to set line and or data point color and pattern Color is available only on color devices e Details details about the graph including name and category e Prefs graph preferences and range settings Preferences and range are set for individual equations data sets instead of for the entire graph window This offers more flexibility in graphing multiple graph types functions polar parametric data plots etc in the same graph window Appearance and functionality for each graph type is listed below Keypad The keypad is available for entering function polar parametric and sequence graphs While similar to the keypad in the main calculator there are a few differences f x displays the list of functions organized by category This is the same as the main calculator s list except category MEM is added memory store recall and clear options The variables x t n u v and w are in single quotes to designate that they are variables and to differentiate variable x from multiply Menus There are two menus
315. s in the fitted equation Only X 6 399520383693 those applicable to selected regression model will appear in the P2 template Y 4 r simple correlation coefficient r IR coefficient of determination simple multiple X a selected x value Y predicted y value corresponding to X May not calculate for all models Regression Models In general it is always best to have as much data as possible when curve fitting Linear y ax b ais the slope and b is the y intercept Log natural y a b In x for x gt O Log base 10 y a b log x for x gt 0 Exponential y ab Power y ax Quadratic y ax bx c three data points means polynomial fit while more than three is defined as polynomial regression Cubic y ax bx cx d four data points means polynomial fit while more than four is defined as polynomial regression Quartic y ax bx cx dx e five data points means polynomial fit while more than five is defined as polynomial regression 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 233 powerOneG Graph e Logistic y c 1 a e e Sinusoidal y a sin bx c d at least two data points per cycle is suggested for reliable results e Med Med y ax b using median median method a is the slope and b is the y intercept Graphing To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays a scatter plot of x y points along with
316. s should be visible 11 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 12 Select Data from the pop up list 13 Type should be Scatter Plot If not select the type label and select Scatter Plot from the list 14 Select None Selected next to X Select Table will display 15 Choose the table and column for the X data e select None Selected and choose table gamma from the list e column 1 should be selected automatically e select OK to return to New Graph 16 Select None Selected next to Y Select Table will display 17 Choose the table and column for the Y data e select None Selected and choose table gamma from the list e select column 1 and choose 2 from the list e select OK to return to New Graph 18 Change line to dots e select the box next to Line and choose dot second from the left e in this case we want to look at the points instead of the line 19 Select OK at the bottom of New Graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 20 Only those graphs with check marks are graphed Make sure only X gamma Col Y gamma C is checked 21 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible with the data points drawn on the screen Adjust the Display 22 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 23 Choose Best Fit e the screen adjusts to show the plotted points e best fit repositions the graph so the appropriate data
317. s values from the entry line view window to be added to or subtracted from a current value in memory as well as several other operations Note that operations performed on memory locations do not affect the contents of the entry line The following table describes the operations that can be performed on memory locations where value refers to the contents of the entry line view window while memory location means the contents of a selected memory location Calculations are performed as follows Operand Functionality E Overwrites the selected memory location with the value The memory location plus the value The memory location minus the value X The memory location multiplied by the value m The memory location divided by the value y The memory location to the value s power 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 32 For example to add the last calculated result to memory location 2 e select MEM then Store or the STO button depending on the skin in use e tap e tap memory location 2 Clearing memory locations also depends on the skin If the skin has a MEM button select this button and choose Clear Alternatively select Clear Memory from the Options menu See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview Menus section for more information 1 4 3 System Clipboard The system clipboard can be used to store values or move information from
318. select it to close the category and hide that category s templates If there are no templates in the category that category will not be visible C Buttons from left to right e Done select to leave My Templates e New select to create a new template using the solver See the Templates Creating Templates section for more information e Import select to import template See the Using the Templates Sharing Templates amp Data section for more information e Switch View select to switch between category and alphabetical views 6 4 Using the Templates This section discusses how templates are generally used See the Templates Included Templates section for details on each specific template 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 194 6 4 1 Quick Start Example The Example This is an example to quickly demonstrate how to use a template 4 colleagues go to dinner and spend 78 45 How much is paid for the tip and total bill with a 2096 tip How much was the tip If the bill were split evenly what does each colleague have to pay Go to the Tip Template 1 Launch the software The main calculator should be visible Method Select 9 6 2 Select the Template button The Template button is third from the left Bill 78 45 across the top of the main calculator The Template List should be Tip 20 visible Tip 15 69 3 Open the Business category by selecting its name Total 94 14 4 Open the Tip template by s
319. seq mean stdDevP prod See the Functions section for additional information on each function The following templates are commonly used with statistics calculations category in bold Stats 1 Prop Zint 2 Sample FTest 2 Var Stats T Test 1 Prop ZTest 2 Sample TInt ANOVA T Interval 1 Var Stats 2 Sample TTest Chi Test Z Test 2 Prop ZlInt 2 Sample Zint LinReg TTest Z Interval 2 Prop ZTest 2 Sample ZTest Regression 42 See the Templates Included Templates section for additional information on each template See Infinity Softworks web site for additional templates www infinitysw com graph 3 12 Tables See Types of Data Tables amp Lists for a detailed definition The following functions are commonly used with tables category in bold stats tbl mean stdDev countX median stdDevP sumX min variance sumX2 max varianceP 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 43 powerOne Graph matrix tbl norm max fill dim sortA x rNorm rowSwap augment getltem sortD trans cNorm row append getRow subList cumSum min row redim getCol toMatrix See the Functions section for additional information on each function 3 13 Trigonometry The following functions are commonly used specifically with trigonometric mathematics category in bold trig sin asin sinh asinh sec degrees cos acos co
320. sh acosh csc radians tan atan tanh atanh cot See the Functions section for additional information on each function 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Subject Areas 44 4 Functions 4 1 Symbol Chart This section outlines common symbols and their equivalents within this software For more on each function look for the Function Name in alphabetical order in this section Symbol Function Name Subtraction Decimal Separator Decimal Separator l Not Equal Ix Not Quotation Marks Exclusive Or 3HE Exclusive Or 9 ox Percent amp And amp amp And Parentheses Multiplication row Row Add amp Multiply Division Division Colon Equals Semi Colon Degrees Symbol mtrx Brackets _b Binary d Decimal h Hexadecimal O Octal tbl Braces Or ll Or X Not Addition Sign 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 45 powerOne Graph 4d frac h mFrac gt o Vx Sx Vx 1 x 10 abs abs acos acosh adjDate adjTime append asin asinh atan atanh augment BinomCDF Less Than Shift Left Less Than or Equal To Not Equal Equals Equals Greater Than Greater than or Equal To Shift Right Power Backspace Binary Display As Decimal Display As Fraction Display As Hexadecimal Display As Mixed Fraction Display As Octal Display As Square Root Cubed Root Root Rec
321. sible 7 Enter the table as displayed above e select the cell at row 1 column 1 e enter 0 9 into the pop up calculator e select the checkmark button to save e move to the next cell and repeat with each cell s data until the entire table is entered 8 When finished select OK to save My Data should be visible 9 Select Done in My Data The main calculator should be visible Create a New Graph 10 Select the Graph button or choose powerOne then My Graphs The Graph button is second from the left across the top of the main calculator My Graphs should be visible 11 Select New from the bottom of My Graphs New Graph should be visible 12 Select Data from the pop up list 13 Select the Type label and choose Normal Probability from the list 14 Select None Selected next to Data List Select Table Column will display 15 Choose the table and column for the X data e select None Selected and choose table omicron from the list e column 1 should be selected automatically e select OK to return to New Graph 16 Select OK at the bottom of New Graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 17 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only Data List om Data Axis X is checked 18 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible but no data can be seen yet 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 189 powerOne Graph Adjus
322. ssion model New Graph Details Tab Details Name enter a name for the graph This is optional If the graph has aname the name will be displayed instead of the equation in My Graphs Category v Unfiled Category choose a category for this graph Line same as Line in the Data Tab Line H Color L Mark same as Mark in the Data Tab Mark Color 2 Color same as Color in the Data Tab Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab Cane 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 166 Prefs Tab New Graph Dec Setting number of decimal places to display when using the Prefs analysis functions Float shows all available decimal places 0 through 11 shows that many decimal places With very large Dec Setting Float numbers fewer decimal places may be displayed because of the Disp Mode v Normal total number of places available to show Trig Mode Radians e Disp Mode display numbers in normal scientific or engineering v Bin Size notation when using the analysis functions Normal mode displays numbers as would normally be written on paper or if the number is too large or too small to display all places in scientific notation Scientific mode displays numbers in 3 45e67 format The number of places displayed after the decimal point is determined by the decimal setting Engineering mode uses the decimal setting to determine a number of displayed significant digits and then adjusts the exponent to
323. st for the second data set Select the label to Mean x1 10 2 choose a table column or create a new one It defaults to 1 of Each Sx 1 3 171299868688 e Hypothesis the three possible alternative hypotheses are that the nt 8 variance of the first population is not equal to is less than or is Mean x2 10 7625 greater than the variance of the second population e Mean x1 first sample mean Sx1 first sample standard deviation n1 number of observations in the first data set Must be an integer greater than 1 Mean x2 second sample mean Sx2 second sample standard deviation n2 number of observations in the second data set Must be an integer greater than 1 F F test statistic p value probability value or observed significance level of the test Graphing To graph the test select the Graph button The graph displays the p value as a shaded area of an F distribution Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Input Data Data 1 5 0 6 8 10 2 13 2 11 4 14 6 9 2 11 2 Freq 1 1 Of Each Data 2 6 8 9 2 8 8 13 2 11 2 14 9 10 2 11 8 Freq 2 1 Of Each Hypothesis not equal Choose from the list Select in the Mean x1 row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 209 powerOneG G
324. stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples Algebraic Input Mode stdDevP 1 2 3 4 5 returns 1 4142 stdDevP 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 4 6 6 returns 1 3048 RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 stdDevP returns 1 4142 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 stdDevP returns 1 3048 4 9 20 Straight Line Depreciation DepSLBV C S L M Y Book Value DepSLDA C S L M Y Depreciation Amount DepSLDV C S L M Y Depreciation Value Book value returns the book value depreciable value salvage value for the asset at the end of the given year Depreciation amount returns the amount that the asset depreciated during the given year Depreciation value returns the 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 148 remaining total depreciable value for the asset at the end of the given year All three are calculated using the straight line method of depreciation This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e C cost of the depreciable asset S salvage value of the depreciable asset L life in years of the depreciable asset M first month to begin depreciating 1 is January 12 is December Y year to calculate Category finance Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode DepSLBV 150000 20000 20 6 3 returns 133 208 33 DepSLDA 150000 20000 20 6 3 returns 6 500 DepSLDV 150000 20000 20 6 3 returns 113 208 33 e RPN Input Mode 150000 ENT 200
325. t the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode sumX 1 2 3 4 5 1 returns 15 sumX 1 2 3 4 5 24 4 6 6 returns 76 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 1 sumX returns 15 1 2 3 4 5 ENT 2 4 4 6 6 sumX returns 76 Also see the function Sigma 4 9 28 Swap Rows rowSwap matrix rowA rowB Returns a table matrix with rowA swapped with rowB Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode rowSwap 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 3 returns 7 8 9 4 5 6 1 2 3 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ENT 1 ENT 3 rowSwap returns 7 8 9 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 10 T Z This section covers functions beginning with the letters T through Z 4 10 1 Table to Matrix Conversion toMatrix value Returns a matrix vector from a table list value Data Types matrix Category matrix 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 153 powerOne Graph Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode toMatrix 1 2 3 4 returns 1 2 8 4 e RPN Inpu
326. t what is the equivalent in degrees Celsius Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 Fahrenheit Choose from the list Amount 1 85 Type 2 Celsius Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically It is 29 4 degrees Celsius 6 5 6 4 Time This template is for Time calculations It is in the Calendar category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description Use this template to calculate the difference between two times or sum two times Times are displayed in either standard am pm or 24 hour format depending on the localized time format set in the device s system settings see your device manual for details 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 239 powerOneG Graph Variables The top section of the template performs time difference calculations e Time 1 the beginning time set in increments of 5 minutes e Time 2 the ending time set in increments of 5 minutes e Diff H MM Diff Hrs the difference between the two times Diff H MM displays in hour minute format 5 hrs 45mins would display as 5 45 Diff Hrs displays as fraction of an hour The bottom section performs time addition calculations e Time starting time e HH MMSS HrsFrac time duration HH MMSS d
327. t Mode 15 2 8 4 toMatrix returns 1 2 3 4 4 10 2 Tangent tan value Returns tangent of value Data Types integer floating point complex table matrix Category trig Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode tan 0 7854 returns 1 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians tan 45 returns 1 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees e RPN Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 0 7854 tan returns 1 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Radians 45 tan returns 1 when Trig Mode Preferences set to Degrees 4 10 3 Theta See Rectangular to Polar Conversion 4 10 4 Today today This function can only be used within a formula the returned value cannot be viewed in a template Returns a date type representing current date and time Category date Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples today returns today s date and the current time e g 8 1 03 at 6 09 pm 4 10 5 Total CfoTot CFAmntList Returns the sum of the given cash flow and is similar to function Summation This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 154 e CFAmntiList list containing cash flow amounts where the first element is the initial cash flow e CFFreqList list in which each element specifies the frequency of occurrence for a consecutive cash flow amount in CFList Category finance Input
328. t None Selected and choose table chi from the list e column 1 should be selected automatically e select OK to return to New Graph 16 Frequency will remain 1 of Each 17 Select OK at the bottom of New Graph My Graphs should be visible Graph the Equation 18 Only those graphs with checkmarks are graphed Make sure only X chi Col 1 Freq 1 of Each is checked 19 Select the Graph button at the bottom of My Graphs The Graph display should be visible but no data can be seen yet Adjust the Display 20 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 21 Choose Best Fit e the screen adjusts to show the plotted points e best fit repositions the graph so the appropriate data is visible 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Graphing 186 iis rum Unfiled 22 Select Analysis at the bottom of the Graph display 23 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 2596 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 596 at each the top and bottom When Zoom Best Fit is chosen the window is drawn to accommodate the clipped area e Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button cross hairs C in the picture draws at the analyzed portion of the box plot In this case the cross hairs are at the C O HHMu c median which is 27 5 H As the cross hairs move from left v X chiCol 1 Freq 1ofEach to right the data is the minimum data point A first quartile E w X chi Col 1 Freq
329. t a stack item C Base Fraction Mode select this button to change the display to support a specific mode For instance after changing the mode to hexadecimal all entries and calculations are assumed to be in this mode unless designated as something 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 10 else See the Using the Calculator Types of Data section for detailed information on each mode Fraction results are displayed as fractions e g 3 4 Mix Fraction results are displayed as mixed fractions e g 2 4 5 Binary results are displayed as binary numbers e g 11001 b and values entered into the entry line are treated as binary numbers Octal results are displayed as octal numbers e g 845 o and values entered into the entry line are treated as octal numbers e Decimal decimal mode is the default mode for entering values complex numbers etc e g 8 35 90 d Hexadecimal results are displayed as hexadecimal numbers e g 8F_h OAC h and values entered into the entry line are treated as hexadecimal numbers Hexadecimal numbers that begin with a letter must start with 0 e g OAC h instead of AC h D Entry Line enter values on the line If the value is longer than a single line a scroll bar will appear not pictured here 1 2 2 2 Stack There are special functions for manipulating the stack These functions can be reached by tapping an item pushed onto the stack or choosing the categ
330. t from the My Data data list and choose Edit to edit the constant Name eps A Name constant s name The name consists of letters capital Value or lower case and optionally numbers 0 9 A name cannot start 299 748 653 32 with a number Note that the name is case sensitive meaning that constant abc is different from constant ABC See the Appendix Restricted Data Names section for names that should not be used Constant v B Value constant s value Macros are stored as expressions Type REALE Macro i e 3 5 5 6 while variables are stored as a value When a macro is used in an equation the expression is substituted for iE CI ot 1121314 bin the macro s name before evaluation 3 1516171819 diim C Constant Type type of data to store For macros the Constants checkbox is unchecked and Type is set to Macro D Keypad keypad for easy entry RCL displays the memory location list f x displays the list of functions organized by category This is the same as the main calculator s list except category MEM is added memory store recall and clear options See the appropriate Input Modes section for more on which functions are available in each mode See the Memory amp Storage Memory Locations section for more on recall and store E Buttons OK saves changes while Cancel throws out changes returning to My Data To enter notes about the data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 25 powerOn
331. t the Display 19 Select Zoom at the bottom of the Graph display 20 Choose Best Fit e the screen adjusts to show the plotted points e best fit repositions the graph so the appropriate data is visible Trace Graph v Unfiled 24 Select Analysis at the bottom of the Graph display 25 Choose Trace Eval from the list e 25 of the screen is clipped to accommodate the analysis area 12 5 at each the top and bottom When Zoom Best Fit is chosen the window is drawn to accommodate the clipped area e Trace Eval displays instead of Analysis on the button cross hairs A in the picture draw at the data point being analyzed which in this case is data point is x z quantile D E the current data graph B is displayed This is the data graph being analyzed If there is more than one data set drawn at the same time choose the data graph and select p another graph to analyze 26 To trace choose the left and right scroll arrows C Briefs A Using Data Axis when plotted on the x axis normal probability points are plotted at x z quantile as in the example above X is a data point in the list while z quantile is the normal probability of that x An alternative is to draw on the y axis or z quantile y where y is a data point in the list and z quantile is the normal probability of that y The second alternative is demonstrated here e go to My Graphs e select the desired graph Data List om Data Axi
332. table in RPN input mode enter the table followed by enter followed by the name and finally select the equals symbol The equals symbol can be found under the vars category in the function list Use braces to group rows and columns For example to assign the table with elements 3 4 5 6 to the data item delta enter the following on the entry line algebraic input mode delta 3 4 5 6 RPN input mode 3 4 5 6 ENT delta Note that if a function or variable is already defined as delta that version will be overwritten with this new definition Attempting to overwrite a constant will display a warning 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 28 The previous example created a data item delta defined to be a table with a single column To create a table with multiple columns create each row in braces separate the rows with semi colons and place braces around all rows For example table 1 2 3 4 would be written as 1 2 3 4 Sharing Table Data To share table data go to the menu in the Table Editor Two data export beam options come with the software e Write array to Memo Pad save the data as a comma delimited file in the Memo Pad Large data is automatically saved as multiple Memo Pad files e Copy array to clipboard copy the data as a comma delimited file to the system clipboard so it can be pasted into another software application on the device One data import option com
333. the My Data data list and choose Edit to edit the macro 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 26 A Name macro s name The name consists of letters capital or New Data lower case and optionally numbers 0 9 A name cannot start with a number Note that the name is case sensitive meaning Name that macro abc is different from macro ABC See the beta Appendix Restricted Data Names section for names that should Value not be used 3 4 2 345 4 1 02 B Value macro s value Values can be entered either as a number i e 3 5 or 101_b or 3 4 or as an expression i e 3 5 5 6 If entered as an expression and Variable is selected Constant O it will be evaluated before storing For instance if 3 5 5 6 were entered that variable would be stored as 54 687 5 If entered as Type Macro an expression and Macros is selected the expression will be f x C1 011721314 a stored When a macro is used in an equation the expression is substituted for the macro s name before evaluation Ls 15 617 8 9 T Cancel C Constant Type type of data to store For constants the Constants checkbox is checked and Type is set to either Variable or Macro as desired See Value for more information D Keypad keypad for easy entry RCL displays the memory location list f x displays the list of functions organized by category This is the same as the main calculator s list except category
334. the fitted curve Example Given the following data Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Method Linear Choose from the list X Data 38 56 59 64 74 Y Data 41 63 70 72 84 Frequency 1 Of Each Variable Calculated a 1 1969 b 3 6596 r 0 9941 r 0 9883 To calculate predictive values Select in the a row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned Variable Enter Comments Y 4 Variable Calculated x 6 3995 The graph would appear as follows Select in the X row to calculate may calculate automatically The following answers are returned 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 234 Templates Go i Analysis Zoom 6 5 5 5 Sales Tax This template is for Sales Tax calculations It is in the Business category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Sales Tax Before Tax 39 96 Tax Rate 7 25 After Tax 42 86 Variables e Before Tax before tax amount e Tax Rate tax rate expressed as a percentage For example a 6 tax rate would be entered as 6 e After Tax after tax amount Example Dinner for two cost 39 96 before taxes What is t
335. this option to import from both device and expansion memory Infinity Softworks may offer additional import plug ins from its web site Those plug ins could include ones to communicate with word processors spreadsheets and probe systems among others See the Plug ins web page at www infinitysw com graph for more information 1 4 2 Memory Locations There are 10 memory locations available Memory locations can be accessed one of two ways depending on the skin In some skins select MEM and either Store or Recall In other skins select RCL or STO or r or s buttons See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section for information on accessing these locations The same memory locations are available in the main and pop up calculators When storing the contents of the entry line view window will be stored to the selected memory location In algebraic and RPN input mode any pending calculation will be performed before storing although the entry line is not altered For order of operations and chain input modes it stores only the visible value in the view window When recalling in algebraic and RPN input modes the value will be placed in the entry line at the current cursor position When recalling in order of operations and chain the value will overwrite the contents of the view window It is possible to perform arithmetic operations on a value that is being stored to memory using existing values in memory This allow
336. tions and Chain Input Modes 1 23 10 returns 0 0589 e RPN Input Mode 1 23 ENT 10 returns 0 0589 5 1 4142 10 returns 99 342 6510 11 447 1697 4 2 1 65 3 96 10 returns 15 848 9319 44 6684 9 120 1084 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 124 4 7 18 Present Value tvmpv N 1 PMT FV Returns the present value of a time value of money TVM problem Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e FV future value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e PMT periodic payment amount Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e 1 yearly interest rate expressed as a percentage e N total number of periods Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples tvmpv 240 5 120 300 returns 18 293 63 tvmpv N 1 PMT FV P Y C Y B Returns the present value of a time value of money TVM problem Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed Same variables as above except e P Y payment periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e C Y interest compounding periods per year If not included it is assumed to be 12 e B payment timing 0 for end of period 1 for beginning of period If not inclu
337. to calculate may calculate automatically The car is traveling 88 5 km hr 6 5 7 2 Volume This template is for Volume conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 247 powerOneG Graph Volume Type 1 Gallons Amount 3t 1 2 Type 2 Liters Variables Amount 2 7 570823568 e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount 2 the amount of the second type Example For athletics the coaches suggest drinking 2 gallons of water a day How much water is this in Liters Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 Gallons Choose from the list Amount 1 2 Type 2 Liters Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically The answer is 7 6 Liters of water 6 5 7 3 Z Confidence Interval One Sample This template is for one sample z confidence intervals for a population mean It is in the Stats category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Description This templ
338. ts E 35 Tables amp Lists si sctaisiisseitiecisecteduandeitcaccadecuacutaiece dtadedoaesd Eaa Da Cd anu RR Ga a d D C a Ra d D C a a i i C Ru 35 Matrices amp VectOES ianiai oras nena noa Ca donna ne xk anna casia Unt Ra NR oun ngo dde V aS A SU gua noni o NR Ru Eu Eon URdd A Nos Rau aa EE UR 35 Subject Areas 37 B s IHIDIARED IECIT 37 Boolean Saa e a S clive nd wa an vu du a ad Va au wu a wu 3a uo wu cu de wa ane anne a ij c a f d a uA i i d a a D d a 37 e JU 38 Gomple x lcm 38 Dates amp Times i icicee napa un uni un pe an ni da du ae vd RA Rn ae wa kA Re ae ua da Ru nn aaa Ru uw A o C E c C T d T C n 39 BiEiiglellli o n ERE ERO ELECTI 39 Finance amp BUSINESS uice ericvi paa vu da nn uua Ga wa va va ku we va ga wa ce wd a n d a i ns cei c wd o i d c nu de dl c ne ae d wd v a 40 Wr PRRTERRET 40 Matiices aeaaea maaana a aana aaa aaa aaa aa aaa aaa a a aaa a a aaa aa aa aa aa aa eaaa aaea aAa 41 Probabilty saisin E 41 ECL REPE 42 Tabl s MN cL 42 IPenpendade clt e L 43 Functions 44 Symbol Cia oases ester eei eei eei tentes nad ctae tes tete Eaa EE eaaa euim 44 BRB A E E E E E cUckaca
339. ued Variable Enter Comments Future Val 15 000 Payment 0 Periods 48 Select in the Present Val row to calculate Calculating shows present value equal to 7 340 43 Part 3 Calculate continued Recall the present value to the pop up calculator by selecting the Present Value s amount Add it the present value of the payments stored in memory and 2 400 for the advanced payment The answer is 91 476 00 6 5 7 U Z This section covers included templates beginning with the letters U through Z 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 246 6 5 7 1 Velocity This template is for Velocity conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section Type 1 mi Hour Amount 1 55 Type 2 km Hour Variables Amount 2 88 51392 e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount 2 the amount of the second type Example A car traveling 55 mph is what velocity if measured in kilometers per hour Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 mi Hour Choose from the list Amount 1 55 Type 2 km Hour Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row
340. urns 4 1333 5 1 4142 2 returns 2 5 0 7071 15 22 38 65 4 returns 3 75 5 5 9 5 16 25 40 20 6 8 returns 6 6667 2 5 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 88 44 returns 2 18 6 4 5 returns 4 1333 e RPN Input Mode 88 ENT 44 returns 2 18 6 ENT 4 5 returns 4 1333 b 1 4142 ENT 2 returns 2 5 0 7071 15 22 38 65 ENT 4 returns 3 75 5 5 9 5 16 25 40 20 ENT 6 8 returns 6 6667 2 5 4 4 15 DMS to Degrees Conversion degs value Returns equivalent in degrees of value dd mmss ie degrees minutes seconds format Data Types integer floating point table matrix Category number Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode degs 90 30 returns 90 50 degs 44 38 121 08 returns 44 6333 121 1333 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 90 30 degs returns 90 50 e RPN Input Mode 90 30 degs returns 90 50 44 38 121 08 degs returns 44 6333 121 1333 4 4 16 Dot Product dot vector1 vector2 Returns result of the dot product between vector and vector2 The vectors must have the same dimensions 78 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 79 powerOne Graph Data Types vector Category matrix Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode dot 1 2 3 4 5 6 returns 32 e RPN Input Mode 1 2 3 ENT 4 5 6 dot
341. use the scroll arrows next to that bar d h DI Ef F to move up or down 1 4 Memory amp Storage Storing data is important when performing advanced calculations Multiple methods are available for storing and moving data within this product and with other external sources Most are outlined in this section Additional information can be found in the Graphing Sharing Graphs section and the Templates Using the Templates section 1 4 1 My Data My Data displays created data whether functions variables or constants Stored data can be variables macros constants tables or matrices See the Using the Calculator Interface Overview section for more information on accessing My Data 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 23 powerOne Graph A Categories select the category name to choose a different display All shows all data at the same time whether variables functions or constants Other categories show just their corresponding data type B Data Listing each data line shows the variable s name to the left and the value of that variable to the right For tables and matrices the letter indicator T or M respectively is followed by the size Select a data line to show options e Use select to recall the value to the main calculator In algebraic input modes this recalls the name of the data item In RPN input mode this pushes the data item onto the stack In order of operations and chain input mod
342. ut Mode fMax x 2 x 3 3 returns 0 0001 fMax expression variable lower upper e Same as above except variable the independent variable within the expression Must be in quotations e e tolerance This is optional If it is not included it defaults to 10 Smaller values may lead to greater accuracy but will cause the calculation to take longer to complete Category calc Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode fMax x 2 x 3 3 0 5 returns 0 0001 e RPN Input Mode x42 ENT x ENT 3 ENT 3 fMax returns 0 0001 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Functions 104 4 6 19 Mean mean datalist Returns the mean of a list or vector e datalist a list containing values used in the calculation Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic Examples mean 1 2 3 4 5 returns 3 mean datalist occlist Same as above except e occlist a list the same size as datalist containing the number of occurrences of each corresponding value in datalist Note that if occlist is not provided for functions that take occlist as an optional argument the function treats each entry in datalist as a single occurrence Data Types table matrix Category stats Input Modes algebraic RPN Examples e Algebraic Input Mode mean 1 2 3 4 5 1 returns 3 mean 1 2 3 4 5 24 4 6 6 returns 3 4545 e RPN Input Mode 1 2
343. various forms This section outlines the core data types how they are used and what functions are available for each The Function List section discusses each function in more depth and its relationship to the appropriate data types 2 1 Booleans Booleans only available in modes that use an entry line are either true or false and are used when comparing two items or logic functions See Subject Areas Booleans for more information 2 2 Integers Whole Number Integers are whole numbers numbers without a fractional part Numbers such as 3 45 and 0 are integers Integer numbers are generally in the range 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 647 or 2 to 2 1 2 3 Base Numbers Base numbers only available in modes that use an entry line are integers expressed in a different number base In every day mathematics whole numbers integers are decimals Decimals are base 10 meaning a value is comprised of columns of numbers 0 through 9 For example the number 87 is made up of an 8 and a 7 Binary base 2 octal base 8 and hexadecimal base 16 are also available e Binary base 2 numbers the suffix b designates that the number is binary Binary values consist of numbers 0 and 1 To designate the number 101 as binary enter 101 b without quotation marks e Octal base 8 numbers the suffix o designates that the number is octal Octal values consist of numbers 0 through 7 To designate the number 37 as octal enter 37 o w
344. w section for more on this button 3 In the main calculator select powerOne then select My Templates 6 2 Template List The Template List displays a list of available templates and their categories This list can be viewed in category order or in alphabetical order 2 Var Stats B ANOVA Area Chi Test El Convert Date Stats Discount New Template Energy My Templates category view alphabetical view A Template select a template to go to that template B Template Category templates are organized into categories If in category view and the category is closed the plus symbol is visible next to the category select it to open the category and see that category s templates If in category view and the category is open the minus symbol is visible next to the category select it to close the category and hide that category s templates If there are no templates in the category that category will not be visible C Open Close All Buttons select a button to either open all categories or close all categories e All select to open all categories e All select to close all categories D Switch View Button select to switch between category and alphabetical views E Additional Options at the bottom of the list in both category and alphabetical view are three additional options to create a new template or go to My Templates e New Template select to create a new template using the solver See the Creating T
345. x gcd In Vx lcm e Sx number last abs sign show iPart rnd fPart degs floor dms EE ceil trig sin sinh sec cos cosh csc tan tanh cot asin asinh degrees acos acosh radians atan atanh prob nPr nCr x rand history History is a special function that displays the last 10 recorded answers Each time the equals button is selected a new history item is added to the list To recall a history item to the view window select it from the list or choose function Last for the last value added to the history list 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Using the Calculator 20 cnst New Constant ec Mn Edit g Mp e G NA pi k R C Me vars New Variable Edit These lists change when new constants and variables are created inserting new items in alphabetical order at the top of the list See the Memory amp Storage My Data section for more information on creating new constants and variables Macros defined as constants will not show in the Constants list Matrices and tables will not show in the Variables list 1 3 Preferences Preferences are used to store information about how the calculator functions set the function bar and set the programmable buttons The Bar and or Button tabs only appear if the selected skin offers these functions Access the preferences by selecting powerOne then Preferences 1 3 1 Calc Tab Display
346. y math Input Modes algebraic RPN order of operations chain Examples e Algebraic Input Mode 42 96 returns 0 42 80 10 returns 88 80 10 of 80 80 10 96 returns 72 80 1096 of 80 522 63 returns 328 86 24 33 96 returns 72 7273 56 24 22 76 43 00 23 42 25 returns 70 30 28 45 53 75 29 28 e Order of Operations and Chain Input Modes 42 96 returns 0 42 80 10 returns 88 80 10 returns 72 522 63 returns 328 86 24 33 96 returns 72 7273 e RPN Input Mode 42 returns 0 42 522 ENT 63 96 returns 328 86 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks 119 powerOne Graph 24 ENT 33 returns 72 7273 b6 24 22 76 43 00 23 42 ENT 25 96 returns 70 30 28 45 53 75 29 28 4 7 9 Periods tvmn I PV PMT FV Returns the total number of periods of a time value of money TVM problem This function is only available if p1 Finance Lib is installed e PV present value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e FV future value Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e PMT payment amount Positive values mean a cash inflow while negative numbers mean a cash outflow e 1 interest rate expressed as a percentage Category finance Input Modes algebraic Examples tvmn 7 25 35000 3000 0 returns 12 13 tvmn I PV PMT FV P Y C Y B Returns the t
347. y points are plotted 1 plots every point 2 plots every other point etc e Buttons same as Buttons in the Data Tab except Default which resets the preferences to their original settings 5 3 5 Data This section describes New Edit Graphs layout for data graphs Data graphs plot individual data points in a table Data Tab e data select to change graph types e Type six different types of data graphs are available scatter plots New Graph bar graphs histograms box plots modified box plots and normal probability plots Scatter Plot draws x y data points given two variable data data Type v Scatter Plot X None Selected Row 1 of List X and row 1 of List Y are combined to make point x1 y1 and on through the lists These lists must be the same length and can be drawn with or without a line connecting the data points choose Line Dots to draw without a connecting line A regression model can also be designated If List X or List Y are None Selected it will assume a list in ascending Line H Color order starting at 1 i e 1 2 3 4 5 etc s Bar Graph draws one variable data in bar form When drawn ae s Corer L x is the data number while y is the height or size of the data Bar Regression No Regression graph data is drawn in the same order as the data is recorded It is possible to designate a frequency list if desired If no frequency list is designated 1 of each data point will be C
348. ype to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount 2 the amount of the second type Example Type 1 BTUs Amount 1 10 Type 2 Calories Amount 2 2 519 957611111 The diet plan says it will help burn 10 BTUs per week How many calories is this Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1 BTUs Choose from the list Amount 1 10 Type 2 Calories Choose from the list Select in the Amount 2 row to calculate may calculate automatically The conversion is 2 520 calories 6 5 4 2 Force This template is for Force conversions It is in the Convert category For information on accessing this template see the Templates Accessing section For more on using templates in general see the Templates Using the Templates section 1997 2005 Infinity Softworks Templates 226 Type 1 Pounds Force Amount 1 1 250 Type 2 Newtons Amount 2 5 560 277019076 Variables e Type 1 the unit type to convert from e Amount 1 the amount of the first type e Type 2 the unit type to convert to e Amount 2 the amount of the second type Example The manual says the machine exerts 1 250 pounds force How many Newtons is this Variable Enter Comments Tap the Clear button Sets the display to its default values Type 1

Infinity powerOne Graph 4.2 (804526026649)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents